5788 lines
		
	
	
		
			203 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C
		
	
	
	
			
		
		
	
	
			5788 lines
		
	
	
		
			203 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C
		
	
	
	
| /*
 | |
|  * libwebsockets - small server side websockets and web server implementation
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Copyright (C) 2010-2016 Andy Green <andy@warmcat.com>
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 | |
|  *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
 | |
|  *  License as published by the Free Software Foundation:
 | |
|  *  version 2.1 of the License.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 | |
|  *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 | |
|  *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 | |
|  *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
 | |
|  *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
 | |
|  *  Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston,
 | |
|  *  MA  02110-1301  USA
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** @file */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifndef LIBWEBSOCKET_H_3060898B846849FF9F88F5DB59B5950C
 | |
| #define LIBWEBSOCKET_H_3060898B846849FF9F88F5DB59B5950C
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef __cplusplus
 | |
| #include <cstddef>
 | |
| #include <cstdarg>
 | |
| #
 | |
| extern "C" {
 | |
| #else
 | |
| #include <stdarg.h>
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include "lws_config.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*
 | |
|  * CARE: everything using cmake defines needs to be below here
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined(LWS_WITH_ESP8266)
 | |
| struct sockaddr_in;
 | |
| #define LWS_POSIX 0
 | |
| #else
 | |
| #define LWS_POSIX 1
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined(LWS_HAS_INTPTR_T)
 | |
| #include <stdint.h>
 | |
| #define lws_intptr_t intptr_t
 | |
| #else
 | |
| typedef unsigned long long lws_intptr_t;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined(WIN32) || defined(_WIN32)
 | |
| #ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
 | |
| #define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include <winsock2.h>
 | |
| #include <ws2tcpip.h>
 | |
| #include <stddef.h>
 | |
| #include <basetsd.h>
 | |
| #ifndef _WIN32_WCE
 | |
| #include <fcntl.h>
 | |
| #else
 | |
| #define _O_RDONLY	0x0000
 | |
| #define O_RDONLY	_O_RDONLY
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Visual studio older than 2015 and WIN_CE has only _stricmp
 | |
| #if (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1900) || defined(_WIN32_WCE)
 | |
| #define strcasecmp _stricmp
 | |
| #elif !defined(__MINGW32__)
 | |
| #define strcasecmp stricmp
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| #define getdtablesize() 30000
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define LWS_INLINE __inline
 | |
| #define LWS_VISIBLE
 | |
| #define LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| #define LWS_WARN_DEPRECATED
 | |
| #define LWS_FORMAT(string_index)
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef LWS_DLL
 | |
| #ifdef LWS_INTERNAL
 | |
| #define LWS_EXTERN extern __declspec(dllexport)
 | |
| #else
 | |
| #define LWS_EXTERN extern __declspec(dllimport)
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| #else
 | |
| #define LWS_EXTERN
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define LWS_INVALID_FILE INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
 | |
| #define LWS_O_RDONLY _O_RDONLY
 | |
| #define LWS_O_WRONLY _O_WRONLY
 | |
| #define LWS_O_CREAT _O_CREAT
 | |
| #define LWS_O_TRUNC _O_TRUNC
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if !defined(__MINGW32__) && (!defined(_MSC_VER) || _MSC_VER < 1900) /* Visual Studio 2015 already defines this in <stdio.h> */
 | |
| #define lws_snprintf _snprintf
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifndef __func__
 | |
| #define __func__ __FUNCTION__
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if !defined(__MINGW32__) &&(!defined(_MSC_VER) || _MSC_VER < 1900) && !defined(snprintf)
 | |
| #define snprintf(buf,len, format,...) _snprintf_s(buf, len,len, format, __VA_ARGS__)
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #else /* NOT WIN32 */
 | |
| #include <unistd.h>
 | |
| #if defined(LWS_HAVE_SYS_CAPABILITY_H) && defined(LWS_HAVE_LIBCAP)
 | |
| #include <sys/capability.h>
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__FreeBSD__)
 | |
| #include <netinet/in.h>
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define LWS_INLINE inline
 | |
| #define LWS_O_RDONLY O_RDONLY
 | |
| #define LWS_O_WRONLY O_WRONLY
 | |
| #define LWS_O_CREAT O_CREAT
 | |
| #define LWS_O_TRUNC O_TRUNC
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if !defined(LWS_WITH_ESP8266) && !defined(OPTEE_TA) && !defined(LWS_WITH_ESP32)
 | |
| #include <poll.h>
 | |
| #include <netdb.h>
 | |
| #define LWS_INVALID_FILE -1
 | |
| #else
 | |
| #define getdtablesize() (30)
 | |
| #if defined(LWS_WITH_ESP32)
 | |
| #define LWS_INVALID_FILE NULL
 | |
| #else
 | |
| #define LWS_INVALID_FILE NULL
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined(__GNUC__)
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* warn_unused_result attribute only supported by GCC 3.4 or later */
 | |
| #if __GNUC__ >= 4 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)
 | |
| #define LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT __attribute__((warn_unused_result))
 | |
| #else
 | |
| #define LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define LWS_VISIBLE __attribute__((visibility("default")))
 | |
| #define LWS_WARN_DEPRECATED __attribute__ ((deprecated))
 | |
| #define LWS_FORMAT(string_index) __attribute__ ((format(printf, string_index, string_index+1)))
 | |
| #else
 | |
| #define LWS_VISIBLE
 | |
| #define LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| #define LWS_WARN_DEPRECATED
 | |
| #define LWS_FORMAT(string_index)
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined(__ANDROID__)
 | |
| #include <unistd.h>
 | |
| #define getdtablesize() sysconf(_SC_OPEN_MAX)
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef LWS_WITH_LIBEV
 | |
| #include <ev.h>
 | |
| #endif /* LWS_WITH_LIBEV */
 | |
| #ifdef LWS_WITH_LIBUV
 | |
| #include <uv.h>
 | |
| #ifdef LWS_HAVE_UV_VERSION_H
 | |
| #include <uv-version.h>
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| #endif /* LWS_WITH_LIBUV */
 | |
| #ifdef LWS_WITH_LIBEVENT
 | |
| #include <event2/event.h>
 | |
| #endif /* LWS_WITH_LIBEVENT */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifndef LWS_EXTERN
 | |
| #define LWS_EXTERN extern
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef _WIN32
 | |
| #define random rand
 | |
| #else
 | |
| #if !defined(OPTEE_TA)
 | |
| #include <sys/time.h>
 | |
| #include <unistd.h>
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef LWS_OPENSSL_SUPPORT
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef USE_WOLFSSL
 | |
| #ifdef USE_OLD_CYASSL
 | |
| #include <cyassl/openssl/ssl.h>
 | |
| #include <cyassl/error-ssl.h>
 | |
| #else
 | |
| #include <wolfssl/openssl/ssl.h>
 | |
| #include <wolfssl/error-ssl.h>
 | |
| #endif /* not USE_OLD_CYASSL */
 | |
| #else
 | |
| #if defined(LWS_WITH_MBEDTLS)
 | |
| #if defined(LWS_WITH_ESP32)
 | |
| /* this filepath is passed to us but without quotes or <> */
 | |
| #undef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
 | |
| #define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE <mbedtls/esp_config.h>
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| #include <mbedtls/ssl.h>
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| #include <openssl/ssl.h>
 | |
| #if !defined(LWS_WITH_MBEDTLS)
 | |
| #include <openssl/err.h>
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| #endif /* not USE_WOLFSSL */
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define CONTEXT_PORT_NO_LISTEN -1
 | |
| #define CONTEXT_PORT_NO_LISTEN_SERVER -2
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** \defgroup log Logging
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * ##Logging
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Lws provides flexible and filterable logging facilities, which can be
 | |
|  * used inside lws and in user code.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Log categories may be individually filtered bitwise, and directed to built-in
 | |
|  * sinks for syslog-compatible logging, or a user-defined function.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| ///@{
 | |
| 
 | |
| enum lws_log_levels {
 | |
| 	LLL_ERR = 1 << 0,
 | |
| 	LLL_WARN = 1 << 1,
 | |
| 	LLL_NOTICE = 1 << 2,
 | |
| 	LLL_INFO = 1 << 3,
 | |
| 	LLL_DEBUG = 1 << 4,
 | |
| 	LLL_PARSER = 1 << 5,
 | |
| 	LLL_HEADER = 1 << 6,
 | |
| 	LLL_EXT = 1 << 7,
 | |
| 	LLL_CLIENT = 1 << 8,
 | |
| 	LLL_LATENCY = 1 << 9,
 | |
| 	LLL_USER = 1 << 10,
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	LLL_COUNT = 11 /* set to count of valid flags */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void _lws_log(int filter, const char *format, ...) LWS_FORMAT(2);
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void _lws_logv(int filter, const char *format, va_list vl);
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lwsl_timestamp: generate logging timestamp string
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param level:	logging level
 | |
|  * \param p:		char * buffer to take timestamp
 | |
|  * \param len:	length of p
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * returns length written in p
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lwsl_timestamp(int level, char *p, int len);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* these guys are unconditionally included */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define lwsl_err(...) _lws_log(LLL_ERR, __VA_ARGS__)
 | |
| #define lwsl_user(...) _lws_log(LLL_USER, __VA_ARGS__)
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if !defined(LWS_WITH_NO_LOGS)
 | |
| /* notice and warn are usually included by being compiled in */
 | |
| #define lwsl_warn(...) _lws_log(LLL_WARN, __VA_ARGS__)
 | |
| #define lwsl_notice(...) _lws_log(LLL_NOTICE, __VA_ARGS__)
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| /*
 | |
|  *  weaker logging can be deselected by telling CMake to build in RELEASE mode
 | |
|  *  that gets rid of the overhead of checking while keeping _warn and _err
 | |
|  *  active
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined(LWS_WITH_ESP8266)
 | |
| #undef _DEBUG
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef _DEBUG
 | |
| #if defined(LWS_WITH_NO_LOGS)
 | |
| /* notice, warn and log are always compiled in */
 | |
| #define lwsl_warn(...) _lws_log(LLL_WARN, __VA_ARGS__)
 | |
| #define lwsl_notice(...) _lws_log(LLL_NOTICE, __VA_ARGS__)
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| #define lwsl_info(...) _lws_log(LLL_INFO, __VA_ARGS__)
 | |
| #define lwsl_debug(...) _lws_log(LLL_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__)
 | |
| #define lwsl_parser(...) _lws_log(LLL_PARSER, __VA_ARGS__)
 | |
| #define lwsl_header(...)  _lws_log(LLL_HEADER, __VA_ARGS__)
 | |
| #define lwsl_ext(...)  _lws_log(LLL_EXT, __VA_ARGS__)
 | |
| #define lwsl_client(...) _lws_log(LLL_CLIENT, __VA_ARGS__)
 | |
| #define lwsl_latency(...) _lws_log(LLL_LATENCY, __VA_ARGS__)
 | |
| 
 | |
| #else /* no debug */
 | |
| #if defined(LWS_WITH_NO_LOGS)
 | |
| #define lwsl_warn(...) do {} while(0)
 | |
| #define lwsl_notice(...) do {} while(0)
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| #define lwsl_info(...) do {} while(0)
 | |
| #define lwsl_debug(...) do {} while(0)
 | |
| #define lwsl_parser(...) do {} while(0)
 | |
| #define lwsl_header(...) do {} while(0)
 | |
| #define lwsl_ext(...) do {} while(0)
 | |
| #define lwsl_client(...) do {} while(0)
 | |
| #define lwsl_latency(...) do {} while(0)
 | |
| 
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lwsl_hexdump() - helper to hexdump a buffer
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param level: one of LLL_ constants
 | |
|  * \param buf: buffer start to dump
 | |
|  * \param len: length of buffer to dump
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If \p level is visible, does a nice hexdump -C style dump of \p buf for
 | |
|  * \p len bytes.  This can be extremely convenient while debugging.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lwsl_hexdump_level(int level, const void *vbuf, size_t len);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lwsl_hexdump() - helper to hexdump a buffer (DEBUG builds only)
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param buf: buffer start to dump
 | |
|  * \param len: length of buffer to dump
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Calls through to lwsl_hexdump_level(LLL_DEBUG, ... for compatability.
 | |
|  * It's better to use lwsl_hexdump_level(level, ... directly so you can control
 | |
|  * the visibility.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lwsl_hexdump(const void *buf, size_t len);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_is_be() - returns nonzero if the platform is Big Endian
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static LWS_INLINE int lws_is_be(void) {
 | |
| 	const int probe = ~0xff;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	return *(const char *)&probe;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_set_log_level() - Set the logging bitfield
 | |
|  * \param level:	OR together the LLL_ debug contexts you want output from
 | |
|  * \param log_emit_function:	NULL to leave it as it is, or a user-supplied
 | |
|  *			function to perform log string emission instead of
 | |
|  *			the default stderr one.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	log level defaults to "err", "warn" and "notice" contexts enabled and
 | |
|  *	emission on stderr.  If stderr is a tty (according to isatty()) then
 | |
|  *	the output is coloured according to the log level using ANSI escapes.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lws_set_log_level(int level,
 | |
| 		  void (*log_emit_function)(int level, const char *line));
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lwsl_emit_syslog() - helper log emit function writes to system log
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param level: one of LLL_ log level indexes
 | |
|  * \param line: log string
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * You use this by passing the function pointer to lws_set_log_level(), to set
 | |
|  * it as the log emit function, it is not called directly.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lwsl_emit_syslog(int level, const char *line);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lwsl_visible() - returns true if the log level should be printed
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param level: one of LLL_ log level indexes
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This is useful if you have to do work to generate the log content, you
 | |
|  * can skip the work if the log level used to print it is not actually
 | |
|  * enabled at runtime.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lwsl_visible(int level);
 | |
| 
 | |
| ///@}
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include <stddef.h>
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifndef lws_container_of
 | |
| #define lws_container_of(P,T,M)	((T *)((char *)(P) - offsetof(T, M)))
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct lws;
 | |
| #ifndef ARRAY_SIZE
 | |
| #define ARRAY_SIZE(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof(x[0]))
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* api change list for user code to test against */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define LWS_FEATURE_SERVE_HTTP_FILE_HAS_OTHER_HEADERS_ARG
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* the struct lws_protocols has the id field present */
 | |
| #define LWS_FEATURE_PROTOCOLS_HAS_ID_FIELD
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* you can call lws_get_peer_write_allowance */
 | |
| #define LWS_FEATURE_PROTOCOLS_HAS_PEER_WRITE_ALLOWANCE
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* extra parameter introduced in 917f43ab821 */
 | |
| #define LWS_FEATURE_SERVE_HTTP_FILE_HAS_OTHER_HEADERS_LEN
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* File operations stuff exists */
 | |
| #define LWS_FEATURE_FOPS
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined(_WIN32)
 | |
| typedef SOCKET lws_sockfd_type;
 | |
| typedef HANDLE lws_filefd_type;
 | |
| #define lws_sockfd_valid(sfd) (!!sfd)
 | |
| struct lws_pollfd {
 | |
| 	lws_sockfd_type fd; /**< file descriptor */
 | |
| 	SHORT events; /**< which events to respond to */
 | |
| 	SHORT revents; /**< which events happened */
 | |
| };
 | |
| #define LWS_POLLHUP (FD_CLOSE)
 | |
| #define LWS_POLLIN (FD_READ | FD_ACCEPT)
 | |
| #define LWS_POLLOUT (FD_WRITE)
 | |
| #else
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined(LWS_WITH_ESP8266)
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include <user_interface.h>
 | |
| #include <espconn.h>
 | |
| 
 | |
| typedef struct espconn * lws_sockfd_type;
 | |
| typedef void * lws_filefd_type;
 | |
| #define lws_sockfd_valid(sfd) (!!sfd)
 | |
| struct pollfd {
 | |
| 	lws_sockfd_type fd; /**< fd related to */
 | |
| 	short events; /**< which POLL... events to respond to */
 | |
| 	short revents; /**< which POLL... events occurred */
 | |
| };
 | |
| #define POLLIN		0x0001
 | |
| #define POLLPRI		0x0002
 | |
| #define POLLOUT		0x0004
 | |
| #define POLLERR		0x0008
 | |
| #define POLLHUP		0x0010
 | |
| #define POLLNVAL	0x0020
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct lws_vhost;
 | |
| 
 | |
| lws_sockfd_type esp8266_create_tcp_listen_socket(struct lws_vhost *vh);
 | |
| void esp8266_tcp_stream_accept(lws_sockfd_type fd, struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include <os_type.h>
 | |
| #include <osapi.h>
 | |
| #include "ets_sys.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| int ets_snprintf(char *str, size_t size, const char *format, ...) LWS_FORMAT(3);
 | |
| #define snprintf  ets_snprintf
 | |
| 
 | |
| typedef os_timer_t uv_timer_t;
 | |
| typedef void uv_cb_t(uv_timer_t *);
 | |
| 
 | |
| void os_timer_disarm(void *);
 | |
| void os_timer_setfn(os_timer_t *, os_timer_func_t *, void *);
 | |
| 
 | |
| void ets_timer_arm_new(os_timer_t *, int, int, int);
 | |
| 
 | |
| //void os_timer_arm(os_timer_t *, int, int);
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define UV_VERSION_MAJOR 1
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define lws_uv_getloop(a, b) (NULL)
 | |
| 
 | |
| static inline void uv_timer_init(void *l, uv_timer_t *t)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	(void)l;
 | |
| 	memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t));
 | |
| 	os_timer_disarm(t);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static inline void uv_timer_start(uv_timer_t *t, uv_cb_t *cb, int first, int rep)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	os_timer_setfn(t, (os_timer_func_t *)cb, t);
 | |
| 	/* ms, repeat */
 | |
| 	os_timer_arm(t, first, !!rep);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static inline void uv_timer_stop(uv_timer_t *t)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	os_timer_disarm(t);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #else
 | |
| #if defined(LWS_WITH_ESP32)
 | |
| 
 | |
| typedef int lws_sockfd_type;
 | |
| typedef int lws_filefd_type;
 | |
| #define lws_sockfd_valid(sfd) (sfd >= 0)
 | |
| struct pollfd {
 | |
| 	lws_sockfd_type fd; /**< fd related to */
 | |
| 	short events; /**< which POLL... events to respond to */
 | |
| 	short revents; /**< which POLL... events occurred */
 | |
| };
 | |
| #define POLLIN		0x0001
 | |
| #define POLLPRI		0x0002
 | |
| #define POLLOUT		0x0004
 | |
| #define POLLERR		0x0008
 | |
| #define POLLHUP		0x0010
 | |
| #define POLLNVAL	0x0020
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include <freertos/FreeRTOS.h>
 | |
| #include <freertos/event_groups.h>
 | |
| #include <string.h>
 | |
| #include "esp_wifi.h"
 | |
| #include "esp_system.h"
 | |
| #include "esp_event.h"
 | |
| #include "esp_event_loop.h"
 | |
| #include "nvs.h"
 | |
| #include "driver/gpio.h"
 | |
| #include "esp_spi_flash.h"
 | |
| #include "freertos/timers.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if !defined(CONFIG_FREERTOS_HZ)
 | |
| #define CONFIG_FREERTOS_HZ 100
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| typedef TimerHandle_t uv_timer_t;
 | |
| typedef void uv_cb_t(uv_timer_t *);
 | |
| typedef void * uv_handle_t;
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct timer_mapping {
 | |
| 	uv_cb_t *cb;
 | |
| 	uv_timer_t *t;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define UV_VERSION_MAJOR 1
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define lws_uv_getloop(a, b) (NULL)
 | |
| 
 | |
| static inline void uv_timer_init(void *l, uv_timer_t *t)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	(void)l;
 | |
| 	*t = NULL;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| extern void esp32_uvtimer_cb(TimerHandle_t t);
 | |
| 
 | |
| static inline void uv_timer_start(uv_timer_t *t, uv_cb_t *cb, int first, int rep)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	struct timer_mapping *tm = (struct timer_mapping *)malloc(sizeof(*tm));
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	if (!tm)
 | |
| 		return;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	tm->t = t;
 | |
| 	tm->cb = cb;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	*t = xTimerCreate("x", pdMS_TO_TICKS(first), !!rep, tm,
 | |
| 			  (TimerCallbackFunction_t)esp32_uvtimer_cb);
 | |
| 	xTimerStart(*t, 0);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static inline void uv_timer_stop(uv_timer_t *t)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	xTimerStop(*t, 0);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static inline void uv_close(uv_handle_t *h, void *v)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	free(pvTimerGetTimerID((uv_timer_t)h));
 | |
| 	xTimerDelete(*(uv_timer_t *)h, 0);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* ESP32 helper declarations */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include <mdns.h>
 | |
| #include <esp_partition.h>
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define LWS_PLUGIN_STATIC
 | |
| #define LWS_MAGIC_REBOOT_TYPE_ADS 0x50001ffc
 | |
| #define LWS_MAGIC_REBOOT_TYPE_REQ_FACTORY 0xb00bcafe
 | |
| #define LWS_MAGIC_REBOOT_TYPE_FORCED_FACTORY 0xfaceb00b
 | |
| #define LWS_MAGIC_REBOOT_TYPE_FORCED_FACTORY_BUTTON 0xf0cedfac
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* user code provides these */
 | |
| 
 | |
| extern void
 | |
| lws_esp32_identify_physical_device(void);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* lws-plat-esp32 provides these */
 | |
| 
 | |
| typedef void (*lws_cb_scan_done)(uint16_t count, wifi_ap_record_t *recs, void *arg);
 | |
| 
 | |
| enum genled_state {
 | |
| 	LWSESP32_GENLED__INIT,
 | |
| 	LWSESP32_GENLED__LOST_NETWORK,
 | |
| 	LWSESP32_GENLED__NO_NETWORK,
 | |
| 	LWSESP32_GENLED__CONN_AP,
 | |
| 	LWSESP32_GENLED__GOT_IP,
 | |
| 	LWSESP32_GENLED__OK,
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct lws_group_member {
 | |
| 	struct lws_group_member *next;
 | |
| 	uint64_t last_seen;
 | |
| 	char model[16];
 | |
| 	char role[16];
 | |
| 	char host[32];
 | |
| 	char mac[20];
 | |
| 	int width, height;
 | |
| 	struct ip4_addr addr;
 | |
| 	struct ip6_addr addrv6;
 | |
| 	uint8_t	flags;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define LWS_SYSTEM_GROUP_MEMBER_ADD		1
 | |
| #define LWS_SYSTEM_GROUP_MEMBER_CHANGE		2
 | |
| #define LWS_SYSTEM_GROUP_MEMBER_REMOVE		3
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define LWS_GROUP_FLAG_SELF 1
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct lws_esp32 {
 | |
| 	char sta_ip[16];
 | |
| 	char sta_mask[16];
 | |
| 	char sta_gw[16];
 | |
| 	char serial[16];
 | |
| 	char opts[16];
 | |
| 	char model[16];
 | |
| 	char group[16];
 | |
| 	char role[16];
 | |
| 	char ssid[4][16];
 | |
| 	char password[4][32];
 | |
| 	char active_ssid[32];
 | |
| 	char access_pw[16];
 | |
| 	char hostname[32];
 | |
| 	char mac[20];
 | |
| 	mdns_server_t *mdns;
 | |
|        	char region;
 | |
|        	char inet;
 | |
| 	char conn_ap;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	enum genled_state genled;
 | |
| 	uint64_t genled_t;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	lws_cb_scan_done scan_consumer;
 | |
| 	void *scan_consumer_arg;
 | |
| 	struct lws_group_member *first;
 | |
| 	int extant_group_members;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct lws_esp32_image {
 | |
| 	uint32_t romfs;
 | |
| 	uint32_t romfs_len;
 | |
| 	uint32_t json;
 | |
| 	uint32_t json_len;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| extern struct lws_esp32 lws_esp32;
 | |
| struct lws_vhost;
 | |
| 
 | |
| extern esp_err_t
 | |
| lws_esp32_event_passthru(void *ctx, system_event_t *event);
 | |
| extern void
 | |
| lws_esp32_wlan_config(void);
 | |
| extern void
 | |
| lws_esp32_wlan_start_ap(void);
 | |
| extern void
 | |
| lws_esp32_wlan_start_station(void);
 | |
| struct lws_context_creation_info;
 | |
| extern void
 | |
| lws_esp32_set_creation_defaults(struct lws_context_creation_info *info);
 | |
| extern struct lws_context *
 | |
| lws_esp32_init(struct lws_context_creation_info *, struct lws_vhost **pvh);
 | |
| extern int
 | |
| lws_esp32_wlan_nvs_get(int retry);
 | |
| extern esp_err_t
 | |
| lws_nvs_set_str(nvs_handle handle, const char* key, const char* value);
 | |
| extern void
 | |
| lws_esp32_restart_guided(uint32_t type);
 | |
| extern const esp_partition_t *
 | |
| lws_esp_ota_get_boot_partition(void);
 | |
| extern int
 | |
| lws_esp32_get_image_info(const esp_partition_t *part, struct lws_esp32_image *i, char *json, int json_len);
 | |
| extern int
 | |
| lws_esp32_leds_network_indication(void);
 | |
| 
 | |
| extern uint32_t lws_esp32_get_reboot_type(void);
 | |
| extern uint16_t lws_esp32_sine_interp(int n);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* required in external code by esp32 plat (may just return if no leds) */
 | |
| extern void lws_esp32_leds_timer_cb(TimerHandle_t th);
 | |
| #else
 | |
| typedef int lws_sockfd_type;
 | |
| typedef int lws_filefd_type;
 | |
| #define lws_sockfd_valid(sfd) (sfd >= 0)
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define lws_pollfd pollfd
 | |
| #define LWS_POLLHUP (POLLHUP|POLLERR)
 | |
| #define LWS_POLLIN (POLLIN)
 | |
| #define LWS_POLLOUT (POLLOUT)
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if (defined(WIN32) || defined(_WIN32)) && !defined(__MINGW32__)
 | |
| /* ... */
 | |
| #define ssize_t SSIZE_T
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined(WIN32) && defined(LWS_HAVE__STAT32I64)
 | |
| #include <sys/types.h>
 | |
| #include <sys/stat.h>
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined(LWS_HAVE_STDINT_H)
 | |
| #include <stdint.h>
 | |
| #else
 | |
| #if defined(WIN32) || defined(_WIN32)
 | |
| /* !!! >:-[  */
 | |
| typedef unsigned __int32 uint32_t;
 | |
| typedef unsigned __int16 uint16_t;
 | |
| typedef unsigned __int8 uint8_t;
 | |
| #else
 | |
| typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
 | |
| typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
 | |
| typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| typedef unsigned long long lws_filepos_t;
 | |
| typedef long long lws_fileofs_t;
 | |
| typedef uint32_t lws_fop_flags_t;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** struct lws_pollargs - argument structure for all external poll related calls
 | |
|  * passed in via 'in' */
 | |
| struct lws_pollargs {
 | |
| 	lws_sockfd_type fd;	/**< applicable socket descriptor */
 | |
| 	int events;		/**< the new event mask */
 | |
| 	int prev_events;	/**< the previous event mask */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct lws_tokens;
 | |
| struct lws_token_limits;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*! \defgroup wsclose Websocket Close
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * ##Websocket close frame control
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * When we close a ws connection, we can send a reason code and a short
 | |
|  * UTF-8 description back with the close packet.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| ///@{
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*
 | |
|  * NOTE: These public enums are part of the abi.  If you want to add one,
 | |
|  * add it at where specified so existing users are unaffected.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| /** enum lws_close_status - RFC6455 close status codes */
 | |
| enum lws_close_status {
 | |
| 	LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_NOSTATUS				=    0,
 | |
| 	LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_NORMAL					= 1000,
 | |
| 	/**< 1000 indicates a normal closure, meaning that the purpose for
 | |
|       which the connection was established has been fulfilled. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_GOINGAWAY				= 1001,
 | |
| 	/**< 1001 indicates that an endpoint is "going away", such as a server
 | |
|       going down or a browser having navigated away from a page. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_PROTOCOL_ERR				= 1002,
 | |
| 	/**< 1002 indicates that an endpoint is terminating the connection due
 | |
|       to a protocol error. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_UNACCEPTABLE_OPCODE			= 1003,
 | |
| 	/**< 1003 indicates that an endpoint is terminating the connection
 | |
|       because it has received a type of data it cannot accept (e.g., an
 | |
|       endpoint that understands only text data MAY send this if it
 | |
|       receives a binary message). */
 | |
| 	LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_RESERVED				= 1004,
 | |
| 	/**< Reserved.  The specific meaning might be defined in the future. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_NO_STATUS				= 1005,
 | |
| 	/**< 1005 is a reserved value and MUST NOT be set as a status code in a
 | |
|       Close control frame by an endpoint.  It is designated for use in
 | |
|       applications expecting a status code to indicate that no status
 | |
|       code was actually present. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_ABNORMAL_CLOSE				= 1006,
 | |
| 	/**< 1006 is a reserved value and MUST NOT be set as a status code in a
 | |
|       Close control frame by an endpoint.  It is designated for use in
 | |
|       applications expecting a status code to indicate that the
 | |
|       connection was closed abnormally, e.g., without sending or
 | |
|       receiving a Close control frame. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_INVALID_PAYLOAD			= 1007,
 | |
| 	/**< 1007 indicates that an endpoint is terminating the connection
 | |
|       because it has received data within a message that was not
 | |
|       consistent with the type of the message (e.g., non-UTF-8 [RFC3629]
 | |
|       data within a text message). */
 | |
| 	LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_POLICY_VIOLATION			= 1008,
 | |
| 	/**< 1008 indicates that an endpoint is terminating the connection
 | |
|       because it has received a message that violates its policy.  This
 | |
|       is a generic status code that can be returned when there is no
 | |
|       other more suitable status code (e.g., 1003 or 1009) or if there
 | |
|       is a need to hide specific details about the policy. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_MESSAGE_TOO_LARGE			= 1009,
 | |
| 	/**< 1009 indicates that an endpoint is terminating the connection
 | |
|       because it has received a message that is too big for it to
 | |
|       process. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_EXTENSION_REQUIRED			= 1010,
 | |
| 	/**< 1010 indicates that an endpoint (client) is terminating the
 | |
|       connection because it has expected the server to negotiate one or
 | |
|       more extension, but the server didn't return them in the response
 | |
|       message of the WebSocket handshake.  The list of extensions that
 | |
|       are needed SHOULD appear in the /reason/ part of the Close frame.
 | |
|       Note that this status code is not used by the server, because it
 | |
|       can fail the WebSocket handshake instead */
 | |
| 	LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_UNEXPECTED_CONDITION			= 1011,
 | |
| 	/**< 1011 indicates that a server is terminating the connection because
 | |
|       it encountered an unexpected condition that prevented it from
 | |
|       fulfilling the request. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_TLS_FAILURE				= 1015,
 | |
| 	/**< 1015 is a reserved value and MUST NOT be set as a status code in a
 | |
|       Close control frame by an endpoint.  It is designated for use in
 | |
|       applications expecting a status code to indicate that the
 | |
|       connection was closed due to a failure to perform a TLS handshake
 | |
|       (e.g., the server certificate can't be verified). */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/****** add new things just above ---^ ******/
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_NOSTATUS_CONTEXT_DESTROY		= 9999,
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_close_reason - Set reason and aux data to send with Close packet
 | |
|  *		If you are going to return nonzero from the callback
 | |
|  *		requesting the connection to close, you can optionally
 | |
|  *		call this to set the reason the peer will be told if
 | |
|  *		possible.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi:	The websocket connection to set the close reason on
 | |
|  * \param status:	A valid close status from websocket standard
 | |
|  * \param buf:	NULL or buffer containing up to 124 bytes of auxiliary data
 | |
|  * \param len:	Length of data in \param buf to send
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lws_close_reason(struct lws *wsi, enum lws_close_status status,
 | |
| 		 unsigned char *buf, size_t len);
 | |
| 
 | |
| ///@}
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct lws;
 | |
| struct lws_context;
 | |
| /* needed even with extensions disabled for create context */
 | |
| struct lws_extension;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*! \defgroup lwsmeta lws-meta
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * ##lws-meta protocol
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The protocol wraps other muxed connections inside one tcp connection.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Commands are assigned from 0x41 up (so they are valid unicode)
 | |
|  */
 | |
| ///@{
 | |
| 
 | |
| enum lws_meta_commands {
 | |
| 	LWS_META_CMD_OPEN_SUBCHANNEL = 'A',
 | |
| 	/**< Client requests to open new subchannel
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 	LWS_META_CMD_OPEN_RESULT,
 | |
| 	/**< Result of client request to open new subchannel */
 | |
| 	LWS_META_CMD_CLOSE_NOTIFY,
 | |
| 	/**< Notification of subchannel closure */
 | |
| 	LWS_META_CMD_CLOSE_RQ,
 | |
| 	/**< client requests to close a subchannel */
 | |
| 	LWS_META_CMD_WRITE,
 | |
| 	/**< connection writes something to specific channel index */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/****** add new things just above ---^ ******/
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* channel numbers are transported offset by 0x20 so they are valid unicode */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define LWS_META_TRANSPORT_OFFSET 0x20
 | |
| 
 | |
| ///@}
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*! \defgroup usercb User Callback
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * ##User protocol callback
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The protocol callback is the primary way lws interacts with
 | |
|  * user code.  For one of a list of a few dozen reasons the callback gets
 | |
|  * called at some event to be handled.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * All of the events can be ignored, returning 0 is taken as "OK" and returning
 | |
|  * nonzero in most cases indicates that the connection should be closed.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| ///@{
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct lws_ssl_info {
 | |
| 	int where;
 | |
| 	int ret;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*
 | |
|  * NOTE: These public enums are part of the abi.  If you want to add one,
 | |
|  * add it at where specified so existing users are unaffected.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| /** enum lws_callback_reasons - reason you're getting a protocol callback */
 | |
| enum lws_callback_reasons {
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_ESTABLISHED				=  0,
 | |
| 	/**< (VH) after the server completes a handshake with an incoming
 | |
| 	 * client.  If you built the library with ssl support, in is a
 | |
| 	 * pointer to the ssl struct associated with the connection or NULL.*/
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_CONNECTION_ERROR			=  1,
 | |
| 	/**< the request client connection has been unable to complete a
 | |
| 	 * handshake with the remote server.  If in is non-NULL, you can
 | |
| 	 * find an error string of length len where it points to
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 * Diagnostic strings that may be returned include
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 *     	"getaddrinfo (ipv6) failed"
 | |
| 	 *     	"unknown address family"
 | |
| 	 *     	"getaddrinfo (ipv4) failed"
 | |
| 	 *     	"set socket opts failed"
 | |
| 	 *     	"insert wsi failed"
 | |
| 	 *     	"lws_ssl_client_connect1 failed"
 | |
| 	 *     	"lws_ssl_client_connect2 failed"
 | |
| 	 *     	"Peer hung up"
 | |
| 	 *     	"read failed"
 | |
| 	 *     	"HS: URI missing"
 | |
| 	 *     	"HS: Redirect code but no Location"
 | |
| 	 *     	"HS: URI did not parse"
 | |
| 	 *     	"HS: Redirect failed"
 | |
| 	 *     	"HS: Server did not return 200"
 | |
| 	 *     	"HS: OOM"
 | |
| 	 *     	"HS: disallowed by client filter"
 | |
| 	 *     	"HS: disallowed at ESTABLISHED"
 | |
| 	 *     	"HS: ACCEPT missing"
 | |
| 	 *     	"HS: ws upgrade response not 101"
 | |
| 	 *     	"HS: UPGRADE missing"
 | |
| 	 *     	"HS: Upgrade to something other than websocket"
 | |
| 	 *     	"HS: CONNECTION missing"
 | |
| 	 *     	"HS: UPGRADE malformed"
 | |
| 	 *     	"HS: PROTOCOL malformed"
 | |
| 	 *     	"HS: Cannot match protocol"
 | |
| 	 *     	"HS: EXT: list too big"
 | |
| 	 *     	"HS: EXT: failed setting defaults"
 | |
| 	 *     	"HS: EXT: failed parsing defaults"
 | |
| 	 *     	"HS: EXT: failed parsing options"
 | |
| 	 *     	"HS: EXT: Rejects server options"
 | |
| 	 *     	"HS: EXT: unknown ext"
 | |
| 	 *     	"HS: Accept hash wrong"
 | |
| 	 *     	"HS: Rejected by filter cb"
 | |
| 	 *     	"HS: OOM"
 | |
| 	 *     	"HS: SO_SNDBUF failed"
 | |
| 	 *     	"HS: Rejected at CLIENT_ESTABLISHED"
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_FILTER_PRE_ESTABLISH		=  2,
 | |
| 	/**< this is the last chance for the client user code to examine the
 | |
| 	 * http headers and decide to reject the connection.  If the
 | |
| 	 * content in the headers is interesting to the
 | |
| 	 * client (url, etc) it needs to copy it out at
 | |
| 	 * this point since it will be destroyed before
 | |
| 	 * the CLIENT_ESTABLISHED call */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_ESTABLISHED				=  3,
 | |
| 	/**< after your client connection completed
 | |
| 	 * a handshake with the remote server */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_CLOSED					=  4,
 | |
| 	/**< when the websocket session ends */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_CLOSED_HTTP				=  5,
 | |
| 	/**< when a HTTP (non-websocket) session ends */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_RECEIVE					=  6,
 | |
| 	/**< data has appeared for this server endpoint from a
 | |
| 	 * remote client, it can be found at *in and is
 | |
| 	 * len bytes long */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_RECEIVE_PONG				=  7,
 | |
| 	/**< servers receive PONG packets with this callback reason */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_RECEIVE				=  8,
 | |
| 	/**< data has appeared from the server for the client connection, it
 | |
| 	 * can be found at *in and is len bytes long */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_RECEIVE_PONG			=  9,
 | |
| 	/**< clients receive PONG packets with this callback reason */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_WRITEABLE				= 10,
 | |
| 	/**<  If you call lws_callback_on_writable() on a connection, you will
 | |
| 	 * get one of these callbacks coming when the connection socket
 | |
| 	 * is able to accept another write packet without blocking.
 | |
| 	 * If it already was able to take another packet without blocking,
 | |
| 	 * you'll get this callback at the next call to the service loop
 | |
| 	 * function.  Notice that CLIENTs get LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_WRITEABLE
 | |
| 	 * and servers get LWS_CALLBACK_SERVER_WRITEABLE. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_SERVER_WRITEABLE				= 11,
 | |
| 	/**< See LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_WRITEABLE */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP					= 12,
 | |
| 	/**< an http request has come from a client that is not
 | |
| 	 * asking to upgrade the connection to a websocket
 | |
| 	 * one.  This is a chance to serve http content,
 | |
| 	 * for example, to send a script to the client
 | |
| 	 * which will then open the websockets connection.
 | |
| 	 * in points to the URI path requested and
 | |
| 	 * lws_serve_http_file() makes it very
 | |
| 	 * simple to send back a file to the client.
 | |
| 	 * Normally after sending the file you are done
 | |
| 	 * with the http connection, since the rest of the
 | |
| 	 * activity will come by websockets from the script
 | |
| 	 * that was delivered by http, so you will want to
 | |
| 	 * return 1; to close and free up the connection. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP_BODY					= 13,
 | |
| 	/**< the next len bytes data from the http
 | |
| 	 * request body HTTP connection is now available in in. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP_BODY_COMPLETION			= 14,
 | |
| 	/**< the expected amount of http request body has been delivered */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP_FILE_COMPLETION			= 15,
 | |
| 	/**< a file requested to be sent down http link has completed. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP_WRITEABLE				= 16,
 | |
| 	/**< you can write more down the http protocol link now. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_FILTER_NETWORK_CONNECTION			= 17,
 | |
| 	/**< called when a client connects to
 | |
| 	 * the server at network level; the connection is accepted but then
 | |
| 	 * passed to this callback to decide whether to hang up immediately
 | |
| 	 * or not, based on the client IP.  in contains the connection
 | |
| 	 * socket's descriptor. Since the client connection information is
 | |
| 	 * not available yet, wsi still pointing to the main server socket.
 | |
| 	 * Return non-zero to terminate the connection before sending or
 | |
| 	 * receiving anything. Because this happens immediately after the
 | |
| 	 * network connection from the client, there's no websocket protocol
 | |
| 	 * selected yet so this callback is issued only to protocol 0. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_FILTER_HTTP_CONNECTION			= 18,
 | |
| 	/**< called when the request has
 | |
| 	 * been received and parsed from the client, but the response is
 | |
| 	 * not sent yet.  Return non-zero to disallow the connection.
 | |
| 	 * user is a pointer to the connection user space allocation,
 | |
| 	 * in is the URI, eg, "/"
 | |
| 	 * In your handler you can use the public APIs
 | |
| 	 * lws_hdr_total_length() / lws_hdr_copy() to access all of the
 | |
| 	 * headers using the header enums lws_token_indexes from
 | |
| 	 * libwebsockets.h to check for and read the supported header
 | |
| 	 * presence and content before deciding to allow the http
 | |
| 	 * connection to proceed or to kill the connection. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_SERVER_NEW_CLIENT_INSTANTIATED		= 19,
 | |
| 	/**< A new client just had
 | |
| 	 * been connected, accepted, and instantiated into the pool. This
 | |
| 	 * callback allows setting any relevant property to it. Because this
 | |
| 	 * happens immediately after the instantiation of a new client,
 | |
| 	 * there's no websocket protocol selected yet so this callback is
 | |
| 	 * issued only to protocol 0. Only wsi is defined, pointing to the
 | |
| 	 * new client, and the return value is ignored. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_FILTER_PROTOCOL_CONNECTION			= 20,
 | |
| 	/**< called when the handshake has
 | |
| 	 * been received and parsed from the client, but the response is
 | |
| 	 * not sent yet.  Return non-zero to disallow the connection.
 | |
| 	 * user is a pointer to the connection user space allocation,
 | |
| 	 * in is the requested protocol name
 | |
| 	 * In your handler you can use the public APIs
 | |
| 	 * lws_hdr_total_length() / lws_hdr_copy() to access all of the
 | |
| 	 * headers using the header enums lws_token_indexes from
 | |
| 	 * libwebsockets.h to check for and read the supported header
 | |
| 	 * presence and content before deciding to allow the handshake
 | |
| 	 * to proceed or to kill the connection. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_OPENSSL_LOAD_EXTRA_CLIENT_VERIFY_CERTS	= 21,
 | |
| 	/**< if configured for
 | |
| 	 * including OpenSSL support, this callback allows your user code
 | |
| 	 * to perform extra SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations() or similar
 | |
| 	 * calls to direct OpenSSL where to find certificates the client
 | |
| 	 * can use to confirm the remote server identity.  user is the
 | |
| 	 * OpenSSL SSL_CTX* */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_OPENSSL_LOAD_EXTRA_SERVER_VERIFY_CERTS	= 22,
 | |
| 	/**< if configured for
 | |
| 	 * including OpenSSL support, this callback allows your user code
 | |
| 	 * to load extra certificates into the server which allow it to
 | |
| 	 * verify the validity of certificates returned by clients.  user
 | |
| 	 * is the server's OpenSSL SSL_CTX* */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_OPENSSL_PERFORM_CLIENT_CERT_VERIFICATION	= 23,
 | |
| 	/**< if the libwebsockets vhost was created with the option
 | |
| 	 * LWS_SERVER_OPTION_REQUIRE_VALID_OPENSSL_CLIENT_CERT, then this
 | |
| 	 * callback is generated during OpenSSL verification of the cert
 | |
| 	 * sent from the client.  It is sent to protocol[0] callback as
 | |
| 	 * no protocol has been negotiated on the connection yet.
 | |
| 	 * Notice that the libwebsockets context and wsi are both NULL
 | |
| 	 * during this callback.  See
 | |
| 	 *  http://www.openssl.org/docs/ssl/SSL_CTX_set_verify.html
 | |
| 	 * to understand more detail about the OpenSSL callback that
 | |
| 	 * generates this libwebsockets callback and the meanings of the
 | |
| 	 * arguments passed.  In this callback, user is the x509_ctx,
 | |
| 	 * in is the ssl pointer and len is preverify_ok
 | |
| 	 * Notice that this callback maintains libwebsocket return
 | |
| 	 * conventions, return 0 to mean the cert is OK or 1 to fail it.
 | |
| 	 * This also means that if you don't handle this callback then
 | |
| 	 * the default callback action of returning 0 allows the client
 | |
| 	 * certificates. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_APPEND_HANDSHAKE_HEADER		= 24,
 | |
| 	/**< this callback happens
 | |
| 	 * when a client handshake is being compiled.  user is NULL,
 | |
| 	 * in is a char **, it's pointing to a char * which holds the
 | |
| 	 * next location in the header buffer where you can add
 | |
| 	 * headers, and len is the remaining space in the header buffer,
 | |
| 	 * which is typically some hundreds of bytes.  So, to add a canned
 | |
| 	 * cookie, your handler code might look similar to:
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 *	char **p = (char **)in;
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 *	if (len < 100)
 | |
| 	 *		return 1;
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 *	*p += sprintf(*p, "Cookie: a=b\x0d\x0a");
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 *	return 0;
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 * Notice if you add anything, you just have to take care about
 | |
| 	 * the CRLF on the line you added.  Obviously this callback is
 | |
| 	 * optional, if you don't handle it everything is fine.
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 * Notice the callback is coming to protocols[0] all the time,
 | |
| 	 * because there is no specific protocol negotiated yet. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_CONFIRM_EXTENSION_OKAY			= 25,
 | |
| 	/**< When the server handshake code
 | |
| 	 * sees that it does support a requested extension, before
 | |
| 	 * accepting the extension by additing to the list sent back to
 | |
| 	 * the client it gives this callback just to check that it's okay
 | |
| 	 * to use that extension.  It calls back to the requested protocol
 | |
| 	 * and with in being the extension name, len is 0 and user is
 | |
| 	 * valid.  Note though at this time the ESTABLISHED callback hasn't
 | |
| 	 * happened yet so if you initialize user content there, user
 | |
| 	 * content during this callback might not be useful for anything. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_CONFIRM_EXTENSION_SUPPORTED		= 26,
 | |
| 	/**< When a client
 | |
| 	 * connection is being prepared to start a handshake to a server,
 | |
| 	 * each supported extension is checked with protocols[0] callback
 | |
| 	 * with this reason, giving the user code a chance to suppress the
 | |
| 	 * claim to support that extension by returning non-zero.  If
 | |
| 	 * unhandled, by default 0 will be returned and the extension
 | |
| 	 * support included in the header to the server.  Notice this
 | |
| 	 * callback comes to protocols[0]. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_PROTOCOL_INIT				= 27,
 | |
| 	/**< One-time call per protocol, per-vhost using it, so it can
 | |
| 	 * do initial setup / allocations etc */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_PROTOCOL_DESTROY				= 28,
 | |
| 	/**< One-time call per protocol, per-vhost using it, indicating
 | |
| 	 * this protocol won't get used at all after this callback, the
 | |
| 	 * vhost is getting destroyed.  Take the opportunity to
 | |
| 	 * deallocate everything that was allocated by the protocol. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_WSI_CREATE					= 29,
 | |
| 	/**< outermost (earliest) wsi create notification to protocols[0] */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_WSI_DESTROY				= 30,
 | |
| 	/**< outermost (latest) wsi destroy notification to protocols[0] */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_GET_THREAD_ID				= 31,
 | |
| 	/**< lws can accept callback when writable requests from other
 | |
| 	 * threads, if you implement this callback and return an opaque
 | |
| 	 * current thread ID integer. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/* external poll() management support */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_ADD_POLL_FD				= 32,
 | |
| 	/**< lws normally deals with its poll() or other event loop
 | |
| 	 * internally, but in the case you are integrating with another
 | |
| 	 * server you will need to have lws sockets share a
 | |
| 	 * polling array with the other server.  This and the other
 | |
| 	 * POLL_FD related callbacks let you put your specialized
 | |
| 	 * poll array interface code in the callback for protocol 0, the
 | |
| 	 * first protocol you support, usually the HTTP protocol in the
 | |
| 	 * serving case.
 | |
| 	 * This callback happens when a socket needs to be
 | |
| 	 * added to the polling loop: in points to a struct
 | |
| 	 * lws_pollargs; the fd member of the struct is the file
 | |
| 	 * descriptor, and events contains the active events
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 * If you are using the internal lws polling / event loop
 | |
| 	 * you can just ignore these callbacks. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_DEL_POLL_FD				= 33,
 | |
| 	/**< This callback happens when a socket descriptor
 | |
| 	 * needs to be removed from an external polling array.  in is
 | |
| 	 * again the struct lws_pollargs containing the fd member
 | |
| 	 * to be removed.  If you are using the internal polling
 | |
| 	 * loop, you can just ignore it. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_CHANGE_MODE_POLL_FD			= 34,
 | |
| 	/**< This callback happens when lws wants to modify the events for
 | |
| 	 * a connection.
 | |
| 	 * in is the struct lws_pollargs with the fd to change.
 | |
| 	 * The new event mask is in events member and the old mask is in
 | |
| 	 * the prev_events member.
 | |
| 	 * If you are using the internal polling loop, you can just ignore
 | |
| 	 * it. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_LOCK_POLL					= 35,
 | |
| 	/**< These allow the external poll changes driven
 | |
| 	 * by lws to participate in an external thread locking
 | |
| 	 * scheme around the changes, so the whole thing is threadsafe.
 | |
| 	 * These are called around three activities in the library,
 | |
| 	 *	- inserting a new wsi in the wsi / fd table (len=1)
 | |
| 	 *	- deleting a wsi from the wsi / fd table (len=1)
 | |
| 	 *	- changing a wsi's POLLIN/OUT state (len=0)
 | |
| 	 * Locking and unlocking external synchronization objects when
 | |
| 	 * len == 1 allows external threads to be synchronized against
 | |
| 	 * wsi lifecycle changes if it acquires the same lock for the
 | |
| 	 * duration of wsi dereference from the other thread context. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_UNLOCK_POLL				= 36,
 | |
| 	/**< See LWS_CALLBACK_LOCK_POLL, ignore if using lws internal poll */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_OPENSSL_CONTEXT_REQUIRES_PRIVATE_KEY	= 37,
 | |
| 	/**< if configured for including OpenSSL support but no private key
 | |
| 	 * file has been specified (ssl_private_key_filepath is NULL), this is
 | |
| 	 * called to allow the user to set the private key directly via
 | |
| 	 * libopenssl and perform further operations if required; this might be
 | |
| 	 * useful in situations where the private key is not directly accessible
 | |
| 	 * by the OS, for example if it is stored on a smartcard.
 | |
| 	 * user is the server's OpenSSL SSL_CTX* */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_WS_PEER_INITIATED_CLOSE			= 38,
 | |
| 	/**< The peer has sent an unsolicited Close WS packet.  in and
 | |
| 	 * len are the optional close code (first 2 bytes, network
 | |
| 	 * order) and the optional additional information which is not
 | |
| 	 * defined in the standard, and may be a string or non-human- readable data.
 | |
| 	 * If you return 0 lws will echo the close and then close the
 | |
| 	 * connection.  If you return nonzero lws will just close the
 | |
| 	 * connection. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_WS_EXT_DEFAULTS				= 39,
 | |
| 	/**< Gives client connections an opportunity to adjust negotiated
 | |
| 	 * extension defaults.  `user` is the extension name that was
 | |
| 	 * negotiated (eg, "permessage-deflate").  `in` points to a
 | |
| 	 * buffer and `len` is the buffer size.  The user callback can
 | |
| 	 * set the buffer to a string describing options the extension
 | |
| 	 * should parse.  Or just ignore for defaults. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_CGI					= 40,
 | |
| 	/**< CGI: CGI IO events on stdin / out / err are sent here on
 | |
| 	 * protocols[0].  The provided `lws_callback_http_dummy()`
 | |
| 	 * handles this and the callback should be directed there if
 | |
| 	 * you use CGI. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_CGI_TERMINATED				= 41,
 | |
| 	/**< CGI: The related CGI process ended, this is called before
 | |
| 	 * the wsi is closed.  Used to, eg, terminate chunking.
 | |
| 	 * The provided `lws_callback_http_dummy()`
 | |
| 	 * handles this and the callback should be directed there if
 | |
| 	 * you use CGI.  The child PID that terminated is in len. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_CGI_STDIN_DATA				= 42,
 | |
| 	/**< CGI: Data is, to be sent to the CGI process stdin, eg from
 | |
| 	 * a POST body.  The provided `lws_callback_http_dummy()`
 | |
| 	 * handles this and the callback should be directed there if
 | |
| 	 * you use CGI. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_CGI_STDIN_COMPLETED			= 43,
 | |
| 	/**< CGI: no more stdin is coming.  The provided
 | |
| 	 * `lws_callback_http_dummy()` handles this and the callback
 | |
| 	 * should be directed there if you use CGI. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_ESTABLISHED_CLIENT_HTTP			= 44,
 | |
| 	/**< The HTTP client connection has succeeded, and is now
 | |
| 	 * connected to the server */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_CLOSED_CLIENT_HTTP				= 45,
 | |
| 	/**< The HTTP client connection is closing */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_RECEIVE_CLIENT_HTTP			= 46,
 | |
| 	/**< This simply indicates data was received on the HTTP client
 | |
| 	 * connection.  It does NOT drain or provide the data.
 | |
| 	 * This exists to neatly allow a proxying type situation,
 | |
| 	 * where this incoming data will go out on another connection.
 | |
| 	 * If the outgoing connection stalls, we should stall processing
 | |
| 	 * the incoming data.  So a handler for this in that case should
 | |
| 	 * simply set a flag to indicate there is incoming data ready
 | |
| 	 * and ask for a writeable callback on the outgoing connection.
 | |
| 	 * In the writable callback he can check the flag and then get
 | |
| 	 * and drain the waiting incoming data using lws_http_client_read().
 | |
| 	 * This will use callbacks to LWS_CALLBACK_RECEIVE_CLIENT_HTTP_READ
 | |
| 	 * to get and drain the incoming data, where it should be sent
 | |
| 	 * back out on the outgoing connection. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_COMPLETED_CLIENT_HTTP			= 47,
 | |
| 	/**< The client transaction completed... at the moment this
 | |
| 	 * is the same as closing since transaction pipelining on
 | |
| 	 * client side is not yet supported.  */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_RECEIVE_CLIENT_HTTP_READ			= 48,
 | |
| 	/**< This is generated by lws_http_client_read() used to drain
 | |
| 	 * incoming data.  In the case the incoming data was chunked,
 | |
| 	 * it will be split into multiple smaller callbacks for each
 | |
| 	 * chunk block, removing the chunk headers. If not chunked,
 | |
| 	 * it will appear all in one callback. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP_BIND_PROTOCOL				= 49,
 | |
| 	/**< By default, all HTTP handling is done in protocols[0].
 | |
| 	 * However you can bind different protocols (by name) to
 | |
| 	 * different parts of the URL space using callback mounts.  This
 | |
| 	 * callback occurs in the new protocol when a wsi is bound
 | |
| 	 * to that protocol.  Any protocol allocation related to the
 | |
| 	 * http transaction processing should be created then.
 | |
| 	 * These specific callbacks are necessary because with HTTP/1.1,
 | |
| 	 * a single connection may perform at series of different
 | |
| 	 * transactions at different URLs, thus the lifetime of the
 | |
| 	 * protocol bind is just for one transaction, not connection. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP_DROP_PROTOCOL				= 50,
 | |
| 	/**< This is called when a transaction is unbound from a protocol.
 | |
| 	 * It indicates the connection completed its transaction and may
 | |
| 	 * do something different now.  Any protocol allocation related
 | |
| 	 * to the http transaction processing should be destroyed. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_CHECK_ACCESS_RIGHTS			= 51,
 | |
| 	/**< This gives the user code a chance to forbid an http access.
 | |
| 	 * `in` points to a `struct lws_process_html_args`, which
 | |
| 	 * describes the URL, and a bit mask describing the type of
 | |
| 	 * authentication required.  If the callback returns nonzero,
 | |
| 	 * the transaction ends with HTTP_STATUS_UNAUTHORIZED. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_PROCESS_HTML				= 52,
 | |
| 	/**< This gives your user code a chance to mangle outgoing
 | |
| 	 * HTML.  `in` points to a `struct lws_process_html_args`
 | |
| 	 * which describes the buffer containing outgoing HTML.
 | |
| 	 * The buffer may grow up to `.max_len` (currently +128
 | |
| 	 * bytes per buffer).
 | |
| 	 *  */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_ADD_HEADERS				= 53,
 | |
| 	/**< This gives your user code a chance to add headers to a
 | |
| 	 * transaction bound to your protocol.  `in` points to a
 | |
| 	 * `struct lws_process_html_args` describing a buffer and length
 | |
| 	 * you can add headers into using the normal lws apis.
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 * Only `args->p` and `args->len` are valid, and `args->p` should
 | |
| 	 * be moved on by the amount of bytes written, if any.  Eg
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 * 	case LWS_CALLBACK_ADD_HEADERS:
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 *          struct lws_process_html_args *args =
 | |
| 	 *          		(struct lws_process_html_args *)in;
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 *	    if (lws_add_http_header_by_name(wsi,
 | |
| 	 *			(unsigned char *)"set-cookie:",
 | |
| 	 *			(unsigned char *)cookie, cookie_len,
 | |
| 	 *			(unsigned char **)&args->p,
 | |
| 	 *			(unsigned char *)args->p + args->max_len))
 | |
| 	 *		return 1;
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 *          break;
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_SESSION_INFO				= 54,
 | |
| 	/**< This is only generated by user code using generic sessions.
 | |
| 	 * It's used to get a `struct lws_session_info` filled in by
 | |
| 	 * generic sessions with information about the logged-in user.
 | |
| 	 * See the messageboard sample for an example of how to use. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_GS_EVENT					= 55,
 | |
| 	/**< Indicates an event happened to the Generic Sessions session.
 | |
| 	 * `in` contains a `struct lws_gs_event_args` describing the event. */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP_PMO					= 56,
 | |
| 	/**< per-mount options for this connection, called before
 | |
| 	 * the normal LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP when the mount has per-mount
 | |
| 	 * options.
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_HTTP_WRITEABLE			= 57,
 | |
| 	/**< when doing an HTTP type client connection, you can call
 | |
| 	 * lws_client_http_body_pending(wsi, 1) from
 | |
| 	 * LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_APPEND_HANDSHAKE_HEADER to get these callbacks
 | |
| 	 * sending the HTTP headers.
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 * From this callback, when you have sent everything, you should let
 | |
| 	 * lws know by calling lws_client_http_body_pending(wsi, 0)
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_OPENSSL_PERFORM_SERVER_CERT_VERIFICATION = 58,
 | |
| 	/**< Similar to LWS_CALLBACK_OPENSSL_PERFORM_CLIENT_CERT_VERIFICATION
 | |
| 	 * this callback is called during OpenSSL verification of the cert
 | |
| 	 * sent from the server to the client. It is sent to protocol[0]
 | |
| 	 * callback as no protocol has been negotiated on the connection yet.
 | |
| 	 * Notice that the wsi is set because lws_client_connect_via_info was
 | |
| 	 * successful.
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 * See http://www.openssl.org/docs/ssl/SSL_CTX_set_verify.html
 | |
| 	 * to understand more detail about the OpenSSL callback that
 | |
| 	 * generates this libwebsockets callback and the meanings of the
 | |
| 	 * arguments passed. In this callback, user is the x509_ctx,
 | |
| 	 * in is the ssl pointer and len is preverify_ok.
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 * THIS IS NOT RECOMMENDED BUT if a cert validation error shall be
 | |
| 	 * overruled and cert shall be accepted as ok,
 | |
| 	 * X509_STORE_CTX_set_error((X509_STORE_CTX*)user, X509_V_OK); must be
 | |
| 	 * called and return value must be 0 to mean the cert is OK;
 | |
| 	 * returning 1 will fail the cert in any case.
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 * This also means that if you don't handle this callback then
 | |
| 	 * the default callback action of returning 0 will not accept the
 | |
| 	 * certificate in case of a validation error decided by the SSL lib.
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 * This is expected and secure behaviour when validating certificates.
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 * Note: LCCSCF_ALLOW_SELFSIGNED and
 | |
| 	 * LCCSCF_SKIP_SERVER_CERT_HOSTNAME_CHECK still work without this
 | |
| 	 * callback being implemented.
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_RAW_RX					= 59,
 | |
| 	/**< RAW mode connection RX */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_RAW_CLOSE					= 60,
 | |
| 	/**< RAW mode connection is closing */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_RAW_WRITEABLE				= 61,
 | |
| 	/**< RAW mode connection may be written */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_RAW_ADOPT					= 62,
 | |
| 	/**< RAW mode connection was adopted (equivalent to 'wsi created') */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_RAW_ADOPT_FILE				= 63,
 | |
| 	/**< RAW mode file was adopted (equivalent to 'wsi created') */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_RAW_RX_FILE				= 64,
 | |
| 	/**< RAW mode file has something to read */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_RAW_WRITEABLE_FILE				= 65,
 | |
| 	/**< RAW mode file is writeable */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_RAW_CLOSE_FILE				= 66,
 | |
| 	/**< RAW mode wsi that adopted a file is closing */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_SSL_INFO					= 67,
 | |
| 	/**< SSL connections only.  An event you registered an
 | |
| 	 * interest in at the vhost has occurred on a connection
 | |
| 	 * using the vhost.  in is a pointer to a
 | |
| 	 * struct lws_ssl_info containing information about the
 | |
| 	 * event*/
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_CHILD_WRITE_VIA_PARENT			= 68,
 | |
| 	/**< Child has been marked with parent_carries_io attribute, so
 | |
| 	 * lws_write directs the to this callback at the parent,
 | |
| 	 * in is a struct lws_write_passthru containing the args
 | |
| 	 * the lws_write() was called with.
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_CHILD_CLOSING				= 69,
 | |
| 	/**< Sent to parent to notify them a child is closing / being
 | |
| 	 * destroyed.  in is the child wsi.
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_CGI_PROCESS_ATTACH				= 70,
 | |
| 	/**< CGI: Sent when the CGI process is spawned for the wsi.  The
 | |
| 	 * len parameter is the PID of the child process */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/****** add new things just above ---^ ******/
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	LWS_CALLBACK_USER = 1000,
 | |
| 	/**<  user code can use any including above without fear of clashes */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * typedef lws_callback_function() - User server actions
 | |
|  * \param wsi:	Opaque websocket instance pointer
 | |
|  * \param reason:	The reason for the call
 | |
|  * \param user:	Pointer to per-session user data allocated by library
 | |
|  * \param in:		Pointer used for some callback reasons
 | |
|  * \param len:	Length set for some callback reasons
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	This callback is the way the user controls what is served.  All the
 | |
|  *	protocol detail is hidden and handled by the library.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	For each connection / session there is user data allocated that is
 | |
|  *	pointed to by "user".  You set the size of this user data area when
 | |
|  *	the library is initialized with lws_create_server.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| typedef int
 | |
| lws_callback_function(struct lws *wsi, enum lws_callback_reasons reason,
 | |
| 		    void *user, void *in, size_t len);
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define LWS_CB_REASON_AUX_BF__CGI		1
 | |
| #define LWS_CB_REASON_AUX_BF__PROXY		2
 | |
| #define LWS_CB_REASON_AUX_BF__CGI_CHUNK_END	4
 | |
| #define LWS_CB_REASON_AUX_BF__CGI_HEADERS	8
 | |
| ///@}
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*! \defgroup generic hash
 | |
|  * ## Generic Hash related functions
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Lws provides generic hash / digest accessors that abstract the ones
 | |
|  * provided by whatever OpenSSL library you are linking against.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * It lets you use the same code if you build against mbedtls or OpenSSL
 | |
|  * for example.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| ///@{
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef LWS_OPENSSL_SUPPORT
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined(LWS_WITH_MBEDTLS)
 | |
| #include <mbedtls/sha1.h>
 | |
| #include <mbedtls/sha256.h>
 | |
| #include <mbedtls/sha512.h>
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define LWS_GENHASH_TYPE_SHA1		0
 | |
| #define LWS_GENHASH_TYPE_SHA256		1
 | |
| #define LWS_GENHASH_TYPE_SHA512		2
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct lws_genhash_ctx {
 | |
|         uint8_t type;
 | |
| #if defined(LWS_WITH_MBEDTLS)
 | |
|         union {
 | |
| 		mbedtls_sha1_context sha1;
 | |
| 		mbedtls_sha256_context sha256;
 | |
| 		mbedtls_sha512_context sha512;
 | |
|         } u;
 | |
| #else
 | |
|         const EVP_MD *evp_type;
 | |
|         EVP_MD_CTX *mdctx;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** lws_genhash_size() - get hash size in bytes
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param type:	one of LWS_GENHASH_TYPE_...
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Returns number of bytes in this type of hash
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN size_t LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_genhash_size(int type);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** lws_genhash_init() - prepare your struct lws_genhash_ctx for use
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param ctx: your struct lws_genhash_ctx
 | |
|  * \param type:	one of LWS_GENHASH_TYPE_...
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Initializes the hash context for the type you requested
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_genhash_init(struct lws_genhash_ctx *ctx, int type);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** lws_genhash_update() - digest len bytes of the buffer starting at in
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param ctx: your struct lws_genhash_ctx
 | |
|  * \param in: start of the bytes to digest
 | |
|  * \param len: count of bytes to digest
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Updates the state of your hash context to reflect digesting len bytes from in
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_genhash_update(struct lws_genhash_ctx *ctx, const void *in, size_t len);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** lws_genhash_destroy() - copy out the result digest and destroy the ctx
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param ctx: your struct lws_genhash_ctx
 | |
|  * \param result: NULL, or where to copy the result hash
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Finalizes the hash and copies out the digest.  Destroys any allocations such
 | |
|  * that ctx can safely go out of scope after calling this.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * NULL result is supported so that you can destroy the ctx cleanly on error
 | |
|  * conditions, where there is no valid result.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_genhash_destroy(struct lws_genhash_ctx *ctx, void *result);
 | |
| 
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| ///@}
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*! \defgroup extensions Extension related functions
 | |
|  * ##Extension releated functions
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *  Ws defines optional extensions, lws provides the ability to implement these
 | |
|  *  in user code if so desired.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *  We provide one extensions permessage-deflate.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| ///@{
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*
 | |
|  * NOTE: These public enums are part of the abi.  If you want to add one,
 | |
|  * add it at where specified so existing users are unaffected.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum lws_extension_callback_reasons {
 | |
| 	LWS_EXT_CB_SERVER_CONTEXT_CONSTRUCT		=  0,
 | |
| 	LWS_EXT_CB_CLIENT_CONTEXT_CONSTRUCT		=  1,
 | |
| 	LWS_EXT_CB_SERVER_CONTEXT_DESTRUCT		=  2,
 | |
| 	LWS_EXT_CB_CLIENT_CONTEXT_DESTRUCT		=  3,
 | |
| 	LWS_EXT_CB_CONSTRUCT				=  4,
 | |
| 	LWS_EXT_CB_CLIENT_CONSTRUCT			=  5,
 | |
| 	LWS_EXT_CB_CHECK_OK_TO_REALLY_CLOSE		=  6,
 | |
| 	LWS_EXT_CB_CHECK_OK_TO_PROPOSE_EXTENSION	=  7,
 | |
| 	LWS_EXT_CB_DESTROY				=  8,
 | |
| 	LWS_EXT_CB_DESTROY_ANY_WSI_CLOSING		=  9,
 | |
| 	LWS_EXT_CB_ANY_WSI_ESTABLISHED			= 10,
 | |
| 	LWS_EXT_CB_PACKET_RX_PREPARSE			= 11,
 | |
| 	LWS_EXT_CB_PACKET_TX_PRESEND			= 12,
 | |
| 	LWS_EXT_CB_PACKET_TX_DO_SEND			= 13,
 | |
| 	LWS_EXT_CB_HANDSHAKE_REPLY_TX			= 14,
 | |
| 	LWS_EXT_CB_FLUSH_PENDING_TX			= 15,
 | |
| 	LWS_EXT_CB_EXTENDED_PAYLOAD_RX			= 16,
 | |
| 	LWS_EXT_CB_CAN_PROXY_CLIENT_CONNECTION		= 17,
 | |
| 	LWS_EXT_CB_1HZ					= 18,
 | |
| 	LWS_EXT_CB_REQUEST_ON_WRITEABLE			= 19,
 | |
| 	LWS_EXT_CB_IS_WRITEABLE				= 20,
 | |
| 	LWS_EXT_CB_PAYLOAD_TX				= 21,
 | |
| 	LWS_EXT_CB_PAYLOAD_RX				= 22,
 | |
| 	LWS_EXT_CB_OPTION_DEFAULT			= 23,
 | |
| 	LWS_EXT_CB_OPTION_SET				= 24,
 | |
| 	LWS_EXT_CB_OPTION_CONFIRM			= 25,
 | |
| 	LWS_EXT_CB_NAMED_OPTION_SET			= 26,
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/****** add new things just above ---^ ******/
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** enum lws_ext_options_types */
 | |
| enum lws_ext_options_types {
 | |
| 	EXTARG_NONE, /**< does not take an argument */
 | |
| 	EXTARG_DEC,  /**< requires a decimal argument */
 | |
| 	EXTARG_OPT_DEC /**< may have an optional decimal argument */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/* Add new things just above here ---^
 | |
| 	 * This is part of the ABI, don't needlessly break compatibility */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** struct lws_ext_options -	Option arguments to the extension.  These are
 | |
|  *				used in the negotiation at ws upgrade time.
 | |
|  *				The helper function lws_ext_parse_options()
 | |
|  *				uses these to generate callbacks */
 | |
| struct lws_ext_options {
 | |
| 	const char *name; /**< Option name, eg, "server_no_context_takeover" */
 | |
| 	enum lws_ext_options_types type; /**< What kind of args the option can take */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/* Add new things just above here ---^
 | |
| 	 * This is part of the ABI, don't needlessly break compatibility */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** struct lws_ext_option_arg */
 | |
| struct lws_ext_option_arg {
 | |
| 	const char *option_name; /**< may be NULL, option_index used then */
 | |
| 	int option_index; /**< argument ordinal to use if option_name missing */
 | |
| 	const char *start; /**< value */
 | |
| 	int len; /**< length of value */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * typedef lws_extension_callback_function() - Hooks to allow extensions to operate
 | |
|  * \param context:	Websockets context
 | |
|  * \param ext:	This extension
 | |
|  * \param wsi:	Opaque websocket instance pointer
 | |
|  * \param reason:	The reason for the call
 | |
|  * \param user:	Pointer to ptr to per-session user data allocated by library
 | |
|  * \param in:		Pointer used for some callback reasons
 | |
|  * \param len:	Length set for some callback reasons
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	Each extension that is active on a particular connection receives
 | |
|  *	callbacks during the connection lifetime to allow the extension to
 | |
|  *	operate on websocket data and manage itself.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	Libwebsockets takes care of allocating and freeing "user" memory for
 | |
|  *	each active extension on each connection.  That is what is pointed to
 | |
|  *	by the user parameter.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	LWS_EXT_CB_CONSTRUCT:  called when the server has decided to
 | |
|  *		select this extension from the list provided by the client,
 | |
|  *		just before the server will send back the handshake accepting
 | |
|  *		the connection with this extension active.  This gives the
 | |
|  *		extension a chance to initialize its connection context found
 | |
|  *		in user.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	LWS_EXT_CB_CLIENT_CONSTRUCT: same as LWS_EXT_CB_CONSTRUCT
 | |
|  *		but called when client is instantiating this extension.  Some
 | |
|  *		extensions will work the same on client and server side and then
 | |
|  *		you can just merge handlers for both CONSTRUCTS.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	LWS_EXT_CB_DESTROY:  called when the connection the extension was
 | |
|  *		being used on is about to be closed and deallocated.  It's the
 | |
|  *		last chance for the extension to deallocate anything it has
 | |
|  *		allocated in the user data (pointed to by user) before the
 | |
|  *		user data is deleted.  This same callback is used whether you
 | |
|  *		are in client or server instantiation context.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	LWS_EXT_CB_PACKET_RX_PREPARSE: when this extension was active on
 | |
|  *		a connection, and a packet of data arrived at the connection,
 | |
|  *		it is passed to this callback to give the extension a chance to
 | |
|  *		change the data, eg, decompress it.  user is pointing to the
 | |
|  *		extension's private connection context data, in is pointing
 | |
|  *		to an lws_tokens struct, it consists of a char * pointer called
 | |
|  *		token, and an int called token_len.  At entry, these are
 | |
|  *		set to point to the received buffer and set to the content
 | |
|  *		length.  If the extension will grow the content, it should use
 | |
|  *		a new buffer allocated in its private user context data and
 | |
|  *		set the pointed-to lws_tokens members to point to its buffer.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	LWS_EXT_CB_PACKET_TX_PRESEND: this works the same way as
 | |
|  *		LWS_EXT_CB_PACKET_RX_PREPARSE above, except it gives the
 | |
|  *		extension a chance to change websocket data just before it will
 | |
|  *		be sent out.  Using the same lws_token pointer scheme in in,
 | |
|  *		the extension can change the buffer and the length to be
 | |
|  *		transmitted how it likes.  Again if it wants to grow the
 | |
|  *		buffer safely, it should copy the data into its own buffer and
 | |
|  *		set the lws_tokens token pointer to it.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	LWS_EXT_CB_ARGS_VALIDATE:
 | |
|  */
 | |
| typedef int
 | |
| lws_extension_callback_function(struct lws_context *context,
 | |
| 			      const struct lws_extension *ext, struct lws *wsi,
 | |
| 			      enum lws_extension_callback_reasons reason,
 | |
| 			      void *user, void *in, size_t len);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** struct lws_extension -	An extension we support */
 | |
| struct lws_extension {
 | |
| 	const char *name; /**< Formal extension name, eg, "permessage-deflate" */
 | |
| 	lws_extension_callback_function *callback; /**< Service callback */
 | |
| 	const char *client_offer; /**< String containing exts and options client offers */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/* Add new things just above here ---^
 | |
| 	 * This is part of the ABI, don't needlessly break compatibility */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_set_extension_option(): set extension option if possible
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi:	websocket connection
 | |
|  * \param ext_name:	name of ext, like "permessage-deflate"
 | |
|  * \param opt_name:	name of option, like "rx_buf_size"
 | |
|  * \param opt_val:	value to set option to
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_set_extension_option(struct lws *wsi, const char *ext_name,
 | |
| 			 const char *opt_name, const char *opt_val);
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifndef LWS_NO_EXTENSIONS
 | |
| /* lws_get_internal_extensions() - DEPRECATED
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \Deprecated There is no longer a set internal extensions table.  The table is provided
 | |
|  * by user code along with application-specific settings.  See the test
 | |
|  * client and server for how to do.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static LWS_INLINE LWS_WARN_DEPRECATED const struct lws_extension *
 | |
| lws_get_internal_extensions(void) { return NULL; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_ext_parse_options() - deal with parsing negotiated extension options
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param ext: related extension struct
 | |
|  * \param wsi:	websocket connection
 | |
|  * \param ext_user: per-connection extension private data
 | |
|  * \param opts: list of supported options
 | |
|  * \param o: option string to parse
 | |
|  * \param len: length
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_ext_parse_options(const struct lws_extension *ext, struct lws *wsi,
 | |
| 		       void *ext_user, const struct lws_ext_options *opts,
 | |
| 		       const char *o, int len);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** lws_extension_callback_pm_deflate() - extension for RFC7692
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param context:	lws context
 | |
|  * \param ext:	related lws_extension struct
 | |
|  * \param wsi:	websocket connection
 | |
|  * \param reason:	incoming callback reason
 | |
|  * \param user:	per-connection extension private data
 | |
|  * \param in:	pointer parameter
 | |
|  * \param len:	length parameter
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Built-in callback implementing RFC7692 permessage-deflate
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_EXTERN
 | |
| int lws_extension_callback_pm_deflate(
 | |
| 	struct lws_context *context, const struct lws_extension *ext,
 | |
| 	struct lws *wsi, enum lws_extension_callback_reasons reason,
 | |
| 	void *user, void *in, size_t len);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*
 | |
|  * The internal exts are part of the public abi
 | |
|  * If we add more extensions, publish the callback here  ------v
 | |
|  */
 | |
| ///@}
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*! \defgroup Protocols-and-Plugins Protocols and Plugins
 | |
|  * \ingroup lwsapi
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * ##Protocol and protocol plugin -related apis
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Protocols bind ws protocol names to a custom callback specific to that
 | |
|  * protocol implementaion.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * A list of protocols can be passed in at context creation time, but it is
 | |
|  * also legal to leave that NULL and add the protocols and their callback code
 | |
|  * using plugins.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Plugins are much preferable compared to cut and pasting code into an
 | |
|  * application each time, since they can be used standalone.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| ///@{
 | |
| /** struct lws_protocols -	List of protocols and handlers client or server
 | |
|  *					supports. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct lws_protocols {
 | |
| 	const char *name;
 | |
| 	/**< Protocol name that must match the one given in the client
 | |
| 	 * Javascript new WebSocket(url, 'protocol') name. */
 | |
| 	lws_callback_function *callback;
 | |
| 	/**< The service callback used for this protocol.  It allows the
 | |
| 	 * service action for an entire protocol to be encapsulated in
 | |
| 	 * the protocol-specific callback */
 | |
| 	size_t per_session_data_size;
 | |
| 	/**< Each new connection using this protocol gets
 | |
| 	 * this much memory allocated on connection establishment and
 | |
| 	 * freed on connection takedown.  A pointer to this per-connection
 | |
| 	 * allocation is passed into the callback in the 'user' parameter */
 | |
| 	size_t rx_buffer_size;
 | |
| 	/**< lws allocates this much space for rx data and informs callback
 | |
| 	 * when something came.  Due to rx flow control, the callback may not
 | |
| 	 * be able to consume it all without having to return to the event
 | |
| 	 * loop.  That is supported in lws.
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 * If .tx_packet_size is 0, this also controls how much may be sent at once
 | |
| 	 * for backwards compatibility.
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 	unsigned int id;
 | |
| 	/**< ignored by lws, but useful to contain user information bound
 | |
| 	 * to the selected protocol.  For example if this protocol was
 | |
| 	 * called "myprotocol-v2", you might set id to 2, and the user
 | |
| 	 * code that acts differently according to the version can do so by
 | |
| 	 * switch (wsi->protocol->id), user code might use some bits as
 | |
| 	 * capability flags based on selected protocol version, etc. */
 | |
| 	void *user; /**< ignored by lws, but user code can pass a pointer
 | |
| 			here it can later access from the protocol callback */
 | |
| 	size_t tx_packet_size;
 | |
| 	/**< 0 indicates restrict send() size to .rx_buffer_size for backwards-
 | |
| 	 * compatibility.
 | |
| 	 * If greater than zero, a single send() is restricted to this amount
 | |
| 	 * and any remainder is buffered by lws and sent afterwards also in
 | |
| 	 * these size chunks.  Since that is expensive, it's preferable
 | |
| 	 * to restrict one fragment you are trying to send to match this
 | |
| 	 * size.
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/* Add new things just above here ---^
 | |
| 	 * This is part of the ABI, don't needlessly break compatibility */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct lws_vhost;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_vhost_name_to_protocol() - get vhost's protocol object from its name
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param vh: vhost to search
 | |
|  * \param name: protocol name
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Returns NULL or a pointer to the vhost's protocol of the requested name
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const struct lws_protocols *
 | |
| lws_vhost_name_to_protocol(struct lws_vhost *vh, const char *name);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_get_protocol() - Returns a protocol pointer from a websocket
 | |
|  *				  connection.
 | |
|  * \param wsi:	pointer to struct websocket you want to know the protocol of
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	Some apis can act on all live connections of a given protocol,
 | |
|  *	this is how you can get a pointer to the active protocol if needed.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const struct lws_protocols *
 | |
| lws_get_protocol(struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** lws_protocol_get() -  deprecated: use lws_get_protocol */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const struct lws_protocols *
 | |
| lws_protocol_get(struct lws *wsi) LWS_WARN_DEPRECATED;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_protocol_vh_priv_zalloc() - Allocate and zero down a protocol's per-vhost
 | |
|  *				   storage
 | |
|  * \param vhost:	vhost the instance is related to
 | |
|  * \param prot:		protocol the instance is related to
 | |
|  * \param size:		bytes to allocate
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Protocols often find it useful to allocate a per-vhost struct, this is a
 | |
|  * helper to be called in the per-vhost init LWS_CALLBACK_PROTOCOL_INIT
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void *
 | |
| lws_protocol_vh_priv_zalloc(struct lws_vhost *vhost, const struct lws_protocols *prot,
 | |
| 			    int size);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_protocol_vh_priv_get() - retreive a protocol's per-vhost storage
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param vhost:	vhost the instance is related to
 | |
|  * \param prot:		protocol the instance is related to
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Recover a pointer to the allocated per-vhost storage for the protocol created
 | |
|  * by lws_protocol_vh_priv_zalloc() earlier
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void *
 | |
| lws_protocol_vh_priv_get(struct lws_vhost *vhost, const struct lws_protocols *prot);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_adjust_protocol_psds - change a vhost protocol's per session data size
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi: a connection with the protocol to change
 | |
|  * \param new_size: the new size of the per session data size for the protocol
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Returns user_space for the wsi, after allocating
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This should not be used except to initalize a vhost protocol's per session
 | |
|  * data size one time, before any connections are accepted.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Sometimes the protocol wraps another protocol and needs to discover and set
 | |
|  * its per session data size at runtime.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void *
 | |
| lws_adjust_protocol_psds(struct lws *wsi, size_t new_size);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_finalize_startup() - drop initial process privileges
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param context:	lws context
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This is called after the end of the vhost protocol initializations, but
 | |
|  * you may choose to call it earlier
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_finalize_startup(struct lws_context *context);
 | |
| 
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_protocol_init(struct lws_context *context);
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef LWS_WITH_PLUGINS
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* PLUGINS implies LIBUV */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define LWS_PLUGIN_API_MAGIC 180
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** struct lws_plugin_capability - how a plugin introduces itself to lws */
 | |
| struct lws_plugin_capability {
 | |
| 	unsigned int api_magic;	/**< caller fills this in, plugin fills rest */
 | |
| 	const struct lws_protocols *protocols; /**< array of supported protocols provided by plugin */
 | |
| 	int count_protocols; /**< how many protocols */
 | |
| 	const struct lws_extension *extensions; /**< array of extensions provided by plugin */
 | |
| 	int count_extensions; /**< how many extensions */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| typedef int (*lws_plugin_init_func)(struct lws_context *,
 | |
| 				    struct lws_plugin_capability *);
 | |
| typedef int (*lws_plugin_destroy_func)(struct lws_context *);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** struct lws_plugin */
 | |
| struct lws_plugin {
 | |
| 	struct lws_plugin *list; /**< linked list */
 | |
| #if (UV_VERSION_MAJOR > 0)
 | |
| 	uv_lib_t lib; /**< shared library pointer */
 | |
| #else
 | |
| 	void *l; /**< so we can compile on ancient libuv */
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 	char name[64]; /**< name of the plugin */
 | |
| 	struct lws_plugin_capability caps; /**< plugin capabilities */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| ///@}
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*! \defgroup generic-sessions plugin: generic-sessions
 | |
|  * \ingroup Protocols-and-Plugins
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * ##Plugin Generic-sessions related
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * generic-sessions plugin provides a reusable, generic session and login /
 | |
|  * register / forgot password framework including email verification.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| ///@{
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define LWSGS_EMAIL_CONTENT_SIZE 16384
 | |
| /**< Maximum size of email we might send */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* SHA-1 binary and hexified versions */
 | |
| /** typedef struct lwsgw_hash_bin */
 | |
| typedef struct { unsigned char bin[20]; /**< binary representation of hash */} lwsgw_hash_bin;
 | |
| /** typedef struct lwsgw_hash */
 | |
| typedef struct { char id[41]; /**< ascii hex representation of hash */ } lwsgw_hash;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** enum lwsgs_auth_bits */
 | |
| enum lwsgs_auth_bits {
 | |
| 	LWSGS_AUTH_LOGGED_IN = 1, /**< user is logged in as somebody */
 | |
| 	LWSGS_AUTH_ADMIN = 2,	/**< logged in as the admin user */
 | |
| 	LWSGS_AUTH_VERIFIED = 4,  /**< user has verified his email */
 | |
| 	LWSGS_AUTH_FORGOT_FLOW = 8,	/**< he just completed "forgot password" flow */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** struct lws_session_info - information about user session status */
 | |
| struct lws_session_info {
 | |
| 	char username[32]; /**< username logged in as, or empty string */
 | |
| 	char email[100]; /**< email address associated with login, or empty string */
 | |
| 	char ip[72]; /**< ip address session was started from */
 | |
| 	unsigned int mask; /**< access rights mask associated with session
 | |
| 	 	 	    * see enum lwsgs_auth_bits */
 | |
| 	char session[42]; /**< session id string, usable as opaque uid when not logged in */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** enum lws_gs_event */
 | |
| enum lws_gs_event {
 | |
| 	LWSGSE_CREATED, /**< a new user was created */
 | |
| 	LWSGSE_DELETED  /**< an existing user was deleted */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** struct lws_gs_event_args */
 | |
| struct lws_gs_event_args {
 | |
| 	enum lws_gs_event event; /**< which event happened */
 | |
| 	const char *username; /**< which username the event happened to */
 | |
| 	const char *email; /**< the email address of that user */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| ///@}
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*! \defgroup context-and-vhost context and vhost related functions
 | |
|  * ##Context and Vhost releated functions
 | |
|  * \ingroup lwsapi
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *  LWS requires that there is one context, in which you may define multiple
 | |
|  *  vhosts.  Each vhost is a virtual host, with either its own listen port
 | |
|  *  or sharing an existing one.  Each vhost has its own SSL context that can
 | |
|  *  be set up individually or left disabled.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *  If you don't care about multiple "site" support, you can ignore it and
 | |
|  *  lws will create a single default vhost at context creation time.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| ///@{
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*
 | |
|  * NOTE: These public enums are part of the abi.  If you want to add one,
 | |
|  * add it at where specified so existing users are unaffected.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** enum lws_context_options - context and vhost options */
 | |
| enum lws_context_options {
 | |
| 	LWS_SERVER_OPTION_REQUIRE_VALID_OPENSSL_CLIENT_CERT	= (1 << 1) |
 | |
| 								  (1 << 12),
 | |
| 	/**< (VH) Don't allow the connection unless the client has a
 | |
| 	 * client cert that we recognize; provides
 | |
| 	 * LWS_SERVER_OPTION_DO_SSL_GLOBAL_INIT */
 | |
| 	LWS_SERVER_OPTION_SKIP_SERVER_CANONICAL_NAME		= (1 << 2),
 | |
| 	/**< (CTX) Don't try to get the server's hostname */
 | |
| 	LWS_SERVER_OPTION_ALLOW_NON_SSL_ON_SSL_PORT		= (1 << 3) |
 | |
| 								  (1 << 12),
 | |
| 	/**< (VH) Allow non-SSL (plaintext) connections on the same
 | |
| 	 * port as SSL is listening... undermines the security of SSL;
 | |
| 	 * provides  LWS_SERVER_OPTION_DO_SSL_GLOBAL_INIT */
 | |
| 	LWS_SERVER_OPTION_LIBEV					= (1 << 4),
 | |
| 	/**< (CTX) Use libev event loop */
 | |
| 	LWS_SERVER_OPTION_DISABLE_IPV6				= (1 << 5),
 | |
| 	/**< (VH) Disable IPV6 support */
 | |
| 	LWS_SERVER_OPTION_DISABLE_OS_CA_CERTS			= (1 << 6),
 | |
| 	/**< (VH) Don't load OS CA certs, you will need to load your
 | |
| 	 * own CA cert(s) */
 | |
| 	LWS_SERVER_OPTION_PEER_CERT_NOT_REQUIRED		= (1 << 7),
 | |
| 	/**< (VH) Accept connections with no valid Cert (eg, selfsigned) */
 | |
| 	LWS_SERVER_OPTION_VALIDATE_UTF8				= (1 << 8),
 | |
| 	/**< (VH) Check UT-8 correctness */
 | |
| 	LWS_SERVER_OPTION_SSL_ECDH				= (1 << 9) |
 | |
| 								  (1 << 12),
 | |
| 	/**< (VH)  initialize ECDH ciphers */
 | |
| 	LWS_SERVER_OPTION_LIBUV					= (1 << 10),
 | |
| 	/**< (CTX)  Use libuv event loop */
 | |
| 	LWS_SERVER_OPTION_REDIRECT_HTTP_TO_HTTPS		= (1 << 11) |
 | |
| 								  (1 << 12),
 | |
| 	/**< (VH) Use http redirect to force http to https
 | |
| 	 * (deprecated: use mount redirection) */
 | |
| 	LWS_SERVER_OPTION_DO_SSL_GLOBAL_INIT			= (1 << 12),
 | |
| 	/**< (CTX) Initialize the SSL library at all */
 | |
| 	LWS_SERVER_OPTION_EXPLICIT_VHOSTS			= (1 << 13),
 | |
| 	/**< (CTX) Only create the context when calling context
 | |
| 	 * create api, implies user code will create its own vhosts */
 | |
| 	LWS_SERVER_OPTION_UNIX_SOCK				= (1 << 14),
 | |
| 	/**< (VH) Use Unix socket */
 | |
| 	LWS_SERVER_OPTION_STS					= (1 << 15),
 | |
| 	/**< (VH) Send Strict Transport Security header, making
 | |
| 	 * clients subsequently go to https even if user asked for http */
 | |
| 	LWS_SERVER_OPTION_IPV6_V6ONLY_MODIFY			= (1 << 16),
 | |
| 	/**< (VH) Enable LWS_SERVER_OPTION_IPV6_V6ONLY_VALUE to take effect */
 | |
| 	LWS_SERVER_OPTION_IPV6_V6ONLY_VALUE			= (1 << 17),
 | |
| 	/**< (VH) if set, only ipv6 allowed on the vhost */
 | |
| 	LWS_SERVER_OPTION_UV_NO_SIGSEGV_SIGFPE_SPIN		= (1 << 18),
 | |
| 	/**< (CTX) Libuv only: Do not spin on SIGSEGV / SIGFPE.  A segfault
 | |
| 	 * normally makes the lib spin so you can attach a debugger to it
 | |
| 	 * even if it happened without a debugger in place.  You can disable
 | |
| 	 * that by giving this option.
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 	LWS_SERVER_OPTION_JUST_USE_RAW_ORIGIN			= (1 << 19),
 | |
| 	/**< For backwards-compatibility reasons, by default
 | |
| 	 * lws prepends "http://" to the origin you give in the client
 | |
| 	 * connection info struct.  If you give this flag when you create
 | |
| 	 * the context, only the string you give in the client connect
 | |
| 	 * info for .origin (if any) will be used directly.
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 	LWS_SERVER_OPTION_FALLBACK_TO_RAW			= (1 << 20),
 | |
| 	/**< (VH) if invalid http is coming in the first line,  */
 | |
| 	LWS_SERVER_OPTION_LIBEVENT				= (1 << 21),
 | |
| 	/**< (CTX) Use libevent event loop */
 | |
| 	LWS_SERVER_OPTION_ONLY_RAW				= (1 << 22),
 | |
| 	/**< (VH) All connections to this vhost / port are RAW as soon as
 | |
| 	 * the connection is accepted, no HTTP is going to be coming.
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 	LWS_SERVER_OPTION_ALLOW_LISTEN_SHARE			= (1 << 23),
 | |
| 	/**< (VH) Set to allow multiple listen sockets on one interface +
 | |
| 	 * address + port.  The default is to strictly allow only one
 | |
| 	 * listen socket at a time.  This is automatically selected if you
 | |
| 	 * have multiple service threads.
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 	LWS_SERVER_OPTION_CREATE_VHOST_SSL_CTX			= (1 << 24),
 | |
| 	/**< (VH) Force setting up the vhost SSL_CTX, even though the user
 | |
| 	 * code doesn't explicitly provide a cert in the info struct.  It
 | |
| 	 * implies the user code is going to provide a cert at the
 | |
| 	 * LWS_CALLBACK_OPENSSL_LOAD_EXTRA_SERVER_VERIFY_CERTS callback, which
 | |
| 	 * provides the vhost SSL_CTX * in the user parameter.
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/****** add new things just above ---^ ******/
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define lws_check_opt(c, f) (((c) & (f)) == (f))
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct lws_plat_file_ops;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** struct lws_context_creation_info - parameters to create context and /or vhost with
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This is also used to create vhosts.... if LWS_SERVER_OPTION_EXPLICIT_VHOSTS
 | |
|  * is not given, then for backwards compatibility one vhost is created at
 | |
|  * context-creation time using the info from this struct.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If LWS_SERVER_OPTION_EXPLICIT_VHOSTS is given, then no vhosts are created
 | |
|  * at the same time as the context, they are expected to be created afterwards.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct lws_context_creation_info {
 | |
| 	int port;
 | |
| 	/**< VHOST: Port to listen on. Use CONTEXT_PORT_NO_LISTEN to suppress
 | |
| 	 * listening for a client. Use CONTEXT_PORT_NO_LISTEN_SERVER if you are
 | |
| 	 * writing a server but you are using \ref sock-adopt instead of the
 | |
| 	 * built-in listener */
 | |
| 	const char *iface;
 | |
| 	/**< VHOST: NULL to bind the listen socket to all interfaces, or the
 | |
| 	 * interface name, eg, "eth2"
 | |
| 	 * If options specifies LWS_SERVER_OPTION_UNIX_SOCK, this member is
 | |
| 	 * the pathname of a UNIX domain socket. you can use the UNIX domain
 | |
| 	 * sockets in abstract namespace, by prepending an at symbol to the
 | |
| 	 * socket name. */
 | |
| 	const struct lws_protocols *protocols;
 | |
| 	/**< VHOST: Array of structures listing supported protocols and a protocol-
 | |
| 	 * specific callback for each one.  The list is ended with an
 | |
| 	 * entry that has a NULL callback pointer. */
 | |
| 	const struct lws_extension *extensions;
 | |
| 	/**< VHOST: NULL or array of lws_extension structs listing the
 | |
| 	 * extensions this context supports. */
 | |
| 	const struct lws_token_limits *token_limits;
 | |
| 	/**< CONTEXT: NULL or struct lws_token_limits pointer which is initialized
 | |
| 	 * with a token length limit for each possible WSI_TOKEN_ */
 | |
| 	const char *ssl_private_key_password;
 | |
| 	/**< VHOST: NULL or the passphrase needed for the private key. (For
 | |
| 	 * backwards compatibility, this can also be used to pass the client
 | |
| 	 * cert passphrase when setting up a vhost client SSL context, but it is
 | |
| 	 * preferred to use .client_ssl_private_key_password for that.) */
 | |
| 	const char *ssl_cert_filepath;
 | |
| 	/**< VHOST: If libwebsockets was compiled to use ssl, and you want
 | |
| 	 * to listen using SSL, set to the filepath to fetch the
 | |
| 	 * server cert from, otherwise NULL for unencrypted.  (For backwards
 | |
| 	 * compatibility, this can also be used to pass the client certificate
 | |
| 	 * when setting up a vhost client SSL context, but it is preferred to
 | |
| 	 * use .client_ssl_cert_filepath for that.) */
 | |
| 	const char *ssl_private_key_filepath;
 | |
| 	/**<  VHOST: filepath to private key if wanting SSL mode;
 | |
| 	 * if this is set to NULL but ssl_cert_filepath is set, the
 | |
| 	 * OPENSSL_CONTEXT_REQUIRES_PRIVATE_KEY callback is called
 | |
| 	 * to allow setting of the private key directly via openSSL
 | |
| 	 * library calls.   (For backwards compatibility, this can also be used
 | |
| 	 * to pass the client cert private key filepath when setting up a
 | |
| 	 * vhost client SSL context, but it is preferred to use
 | |
| 	 * .client_ssl_private_key_filepath for that.) */
 | |
| 	const char *ssl_ca_filepath;
 | |
| 	/**< VHOST: CA certificate filepath or NULL.  (For backwards
 | |
| 	 * compatibility, this can also be used to pass the client CA
 | |
| 	 * filepath when setting up a vhost client SSL context,
 | |
| 	 * but it is preferred to use .client_ssl_ca_filepath for that.) */
 | |
| 	const char *ssl_cipher_list;
 | |
| 	/**< VHOST: List of valid ciphers to use (eg,
 | |
| 	 * "RC4-MD5:RC4-SHA:AES128-SHA:AES256-SHA:HIGH:!DSS:!aNULL"
 | |
| 	 * or you can leave it as NULL to get "DEFAULT" (For backwards
 | |
| 	 * compatibility, this can also be used to pass the client cipher
 | |
| 	 * list when setting up a vhost client SSL context,
 | |
| 	 * but it is preferred to use .client_ssl_cipher_list for that.)*/
 | |
| 	const char *http_proxy_address;
 | |
| 	/**< VHOST: If non-NULL, attempts to proxy via the given address.
 | |
| 	 * If proxy auth is required, use format "username:password\@server:port" */
 | |
| 	unsigned int http_proxy_port;
 | |
| 	/**< VHOST: If http_proxy_address was non-NULL, uses this port */
 | |
| 	int gid;
 | |
| 	/**< CONTEXT: group id to change to after setting listen socket, or -1. */
 | |
| 	int uid;
 | |
| 	/**< CONTEXT: user id to change to after setting listen socket, or -1. */
 | |
| 	unsigned int options;
 | |
| 	/**< VHOST + CONTEXT: 0, or LWS_SERVER_OPTION_... bitfields */
 | |
| 	void *user;
 | |
| 	/**< VHOST + CONTEXT: optional user pointer that will be associated
 | |
| 	 * with the context when creating the context (and can be retrieved by
 | |
| 	 * lws_context_user(context), or with the vhost when creating the vhost
 | |
| 	 * (and can be retrieved by lws_vhost_user(vhost)).  You will need to
 | |
| 	 * use LWS_SERVER_OPTION_EXPLICIT_VHOSTS and create the vhost separately
 | |
| 	 * if you care about giving the context and vhost different user pointer
 | |
| 	 * values.
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 	int ka_time;
 | |
| 	/**< CONTEXT: 0 for no TCP keepalive, otherwise apply this keepalive
 | |
| 	 * timeout to all libwebsocket sockets, client or server */
 | |
| 	int ka_probes;
 | |
| 	/**< CONTEXT: if ka_time was nonzero, after the timeout expires how many
 | |
| 	 * times to try to get a response from the peer before giving up
 | |
| 	 * and killing the connection */
 | |
| 	int ka_interval;
 | |
| 	/**< CONTEXT: if ka_time was nonzero, how long to wait before each ka_probes
 | |
| 	 * attempt */
 | |
| #ifdef LWS_OPENSSL_SUPPORT
 | |
| 	SSL_CTX *provided_client_ssl_ctx;
 | |
| 	/**< CONTEXT: If non-null, swap out libwebsockets ssl
 | |
|  *		implementation for the one provided by provided_ssl_ctx.
 | |
|  *		Libwebsockets no longer is responsible for freeing the context
 | |
|  *		if this option is selected. */
 | |
| #else /* maintain structure layout either way */
 | |
| 	void *provided_client_ssl_ctx; /**< dummy if ssl disabled */
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	short max_http_header_data;
 | |
| 	/**< CONTEXT: The max amount of header payload that can be handled
 | |
| 	 * in an http request (unrecognized header payload is dropped) */
 | |
| 	short max_http_header_pool;
 | |
| 	/**< CONTEXT: The max number of connections with http headers that
 | |
| 	 * can be processed simultaneously (the corresponding memory is
 | |
| 	 * allocated for the lifetime of the context).  If the pool is
 | |
| 	 * busy new incoming connections must wait for accept until one
 | |
| 	 * becomes free. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	unsigned int count_threads;
 | |
| 	/**< CONTEXT: how many contexts to create in an array, 0 = 1 */
 | |
| 	unsigned int fd_limit_per_thread;
 | |
| 	/**< CONTEXT: nonzero means restrict each service thread to this
 | |
| 	 * many fds, 0 means the default which is divide the process fd
 | |
| 	 * limit by the number of threads. */
 | |
| 	unsigned int timeout_secs;
 | |
| 	/**< VHOST: various processes involving network roundtrips in the
 | |
| 	 * library are protected from hanging forever by timeouts.  If
 | |
| 	 * nonzero, this member lets you set the timeout used in seconds.
 | |
| 	 * Otherwise a default timeout is used. */
 | |
| 	const char *ecdh_curve;
 | |
| 	/**< VHOST: if NULL, defaults to initializing server with "prime256v1" */
 | |
| 	const char *vhost_name;
 | |
| 	/**< VHOST: name of vhost, must match external DNS name used to
 | |
| 	 * access the site, like "warmcat.com" as it's used to match
 | |
| 	 * Host: header and / or SNI name for SSL. */
 | |
| 	const char * const *plugin_dirs;
 | |
| 	/**< CONTEXT: NULL, or NULL-terminated array of directories to
 | |
| 	 * scan for lws protocol plugins at context creation time */
 | |
| 	const struct lws_protocol_vhost_options *pvo;
 | |
| 	/**< VHOST: pointer to optional linked list of per-vhost
 | |
| 	 * options made accessible to protocols */
 | |
| 	int keepalive_timeout;
 | |
| 	/**< VHOST: (default = 0 = 60s) seconds to allow remote
 | |
| 	 * client to hold on to an idle HTTP/1.1 connection */
 | |
| 	const char *log_filepath;
 | |
| 	/**< VHOST: filepath to append logs to... this is opened before
 | |
| 	 *		any dropping of initial privileges */
 | |
| 	const struct lws_http_mount *mounts;
 | |
| 	/**< VHOST: optional linked list of mounts for this vhost */
 | |
| 	const char *server_string;
 | |
| 	/**< CONTEXT: string used in HTTP headers to identify server
 | |
|  *		software, if NULL, "libwebsockets". */
 | |
| 	unsigned int pt_serv_buf_size;
 | |
| 	/**< CONTEXT: 0 = default of 4096.  This buffer is used by
 | |
| 	 * various service related features including file serving, it
 | |
| 	 * defines the max chunk of file that can be sent at once.
 | |
| 	 * At the risk of lws having to buffer failed large sends, it
 | |
| 	 * can be increased to, eg, 128KiB to improve throughput. */
 | |
| 	unsigned int max_http_header_data2;
 | |
| 	/**< CONTEXT: if max_http_header_data is 0 and this
 | |
| 	 * is nonzero, this will be used in place of the default.  It's
 | |
| 	 * like this for compatibility with the original short version,
 | |
| 	 * this is unsigned int length. */
 | |
| 	long ssl_options_set;
 | |
| 	/**< VHOST: Any bits set here will be set as SSL options */
 | |
| 	long ssl_options_clear;
 | |
| 	/**< VHOST: Any bits set here will be cleared as SSL options */
 | |
| 	unsigned short ws_ping_pong_interval;
 | |
| 	/**< CONTEXT: 0 for none, else interval in seconds between sending
 | |
| 	 * PINGs on idle websocket connections.  When the PING is sent,
 | |
| 	 * the PONG must come within the normal timeout_secs timeout period
 | |
| 	 * or the connection will be dropped.
 | |
| 	 * Any RX or TX traffic on the connection restarts the interval timer,
 | |
| 	 * so a connection which always sends or receives something at intervals
 | |
| 	 * less than the interval given here will never send PINGs / expect
 | |
| 	 * PONGs.  Conversely as soon as the ws connection is established, an
 | |
| 	 * idle connection will do the PING / PONG roundtrip as soon as
 | |
| 	 * ws_ping_pong_interval seconds has passed without traffic
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 	const struct lws_protocol_vhost_options *headers;
 | |
| 		/**< VHOST: pointer to optional linked list of per-vhost
 | |
| 		 * canned headers that are added to server responses */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	const struct lws_protocol_vhost_options *reject_service_keywords;
 | |
| 	/**< CONTEXT: Optional list of keywords and rejection codes + text.
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 * The keywords are checked for existing in the user agent string.
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 * Eg, "badrobot" "404 Not Found"
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 	void *external_baggage_free_on_destroy;
 | |
| 	/**< CONTEXT: NULL, or pointer to something externally malloc'd, that
 | |
| 	 * should be freed when the context is destroyed.  This allows you to
 | |
| 	 * automatically sync the freeing action to the context destruction
 | |
| 	 * action, so there is no need for an external free() if the context
 | |
| 	 * succeeded to create.
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	const char *client_ssl_private_key_password;
 | |
| 	/**< VHOST: Client SSL context init: NULL or the passphrase needed
 | |
| 	 * for the private key */
 | |
| 	const char *client_ssl_cert_filepath;
 | |
| 	/**< VHOST: Client SSL context init:T he certificate the client
 | |
| 	 * should present to the peer on connection */
 | |
| 	const char *client_ssl_private_key_filepath;
 | |
| 	/**<  VHOST: Client SSL context init: filepath to client private key
 | |
| 	 * if this is set to NULL but client_ssl_cert_filepath is set, you
 | |
| 	 * can handle the LWS_CALLBACK_OPENSSL_LOAD_EXTRA_CLIENT_VERIFY_CERTS
 | |
| 	 * callback of protocols[0] to allow setting of the private key directly
 | |
| 	 * via openSSL library calls */
 | |
| 	const char *client_ssl_ca_filepath;
 | |
| 	/**< VHOST: Client SSL context init: CA certificate filepath or NULL */
 | |
| 	const char *client_ssl_cipher_list;
 | |
| 	/**< VHOST: Client SSL context init: List of valid ciphers to use (eg,
 | |
| 	* "RC4-MD5:RC4-SHA:AES128-SHA:AES256-SHA:HIGH:!DSS:!aNULL"
 | |
| 	* or you can leave it as NULL to get "DEFAULT" */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	const struct lws_plat_file_ops *fops;
 | |
| 	/**< CONTEXT: NULL, or pointer to an array of fops structs, terminated
 | |
| 	 * by a sentinel with NULL .open.
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 * If NULL, lws provides just the platform file operations struct for
 | |
| 	 * backwards compatibility.
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 	int simultaneous_ssl_restriction;
 | |
| 	/**< CONTEXT: 0 (no limit) or limit of simultaneous SSL sessions possible.*/
 | |
| 	const char *socks_proxy_address;
 | |
| 	/**< VHOST: If non-NULL, attempts to proxy via the given address.
 | |
| 	 * If proxy auth is required, use format "username:password\@server:port" */
 | |
| 	unsigned int socks_proxy_port;
 | |
| 	/**< VHOST: If socks_proxy_address was non-NULL, uses this port */
 | |
| #if defined(LWS_HAVE_SYS_CAPABILITY_H) && defined(LWS_HAVE_LIBCAP)
 | |
| 	cap_value_t caps[4];
 | |
| 	/**< CONTEXT: array holding Linux capabilities you want to
 | |
| 	 * continue to be available to the server after it transitions
 | |
| 	 * to a noprivileged user.  Usually none are needed but for, eg,
 | |
| 	 * .bind_iface, CAP_NET_RAW is required.  This gives you a way
 | |
| 	 * to still have the capability but drop root.
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 	char count_caps;
 | |
| 	/**< CONTEXT: count of Linux capabilities in .caps[].  0 means
 | |
| 	 * no capabilities will be inherited from root (the default) */
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 	int bind_iface;
 | |
| 	/**< VHOST: nonzero to strictly bind sockets to the interface name in
 | |
| 	 * .iface (eg, "eth2"), using SO_BIND_TO_DEVICE.
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 * Requires SO_BINDTODEVICE support from your OS and CAP_NET_RAW
 | |
| 	 * capability.
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 * Notice that common things like access network interface IP from
 | |
| 	 * your local machine use your lo / loopback interface and will be
 | |
| 	 * disallowed by this.
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 	int ssl_info_event_mask;
 | |
| 	/**< VHOST: mask of ssl events to be reported on LWS_CALLBACK_SSL_INFO
 | |
| 	 * callback for connections on this vhost.  The mask values are of
 | |
| 	 * the form SSL_CB_ALERT, defined in openssl/ssl.h.  The default of
 | |
| 	 * 0 means no info events will be reported.
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 	unsigned int timeout_secs_ah_idle;
 | |
| 	/**< VHOST: seconds to allow a client to hold an ah without using it.
 | |
| 	 * 0 defaults to 10s. */
 | |
| 	unsigned short ip_limit_ah;
 | |
| 	/**< CONTEXT: max number of ah a single IP may use simultaneously
 | |
| 	 *	      0 is no limit. This is a soft limit: if the limit is
 | |
| 	 *	      reached, connections from that IP will wait in the ah
 | |
| 	 *	      waiting list and not be able to acquire an ah until
 | |
| 	 *	      a connection belonging to the IP relinquishes one it
 | |
| 	 *	      already has.
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 	unsigned short ip_limit_wsi;
 | |
| 	/**< CONTEXT: max number of wsi a single IP may use simultaneously.
 | |
| 	 *	      0 is no limit.  This is a hard limit, connections from
 | |
| 	 *	      the same IP will simply be dropped once it acquires the
 | |
| 	 *	      amount of simultaneous wsi / accepted connections
 | |
| 	 *	      given here.
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 	uint32_t	http2_settings[7];
 | |
| 	/**< CONTEXT: after context creation http2_settings[1] thru [6] have
 | |
| 	 *	      been set to the lws platform default values.
 | |
| 	 *   VHOST:   if http2_settings[0] is nonzero, the values given in
 | |
| 	 *	      http2_settings[1]..[6] are used instead of the lws
 | |
| 	 *	      platform default values.
 | |
| 	 *	      Just leave all at 0 if you don't care.
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/* Add new things just above here ---^
 | |
| 	 * This is part of the ABI, don't needlessly break compatibility
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 * The below is to ensure later library versions with new
 | |
| 	 * members added above will see 0 (default) even if the app
 | |
| 	 * was not built against the newer headers.
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	void *_unused[8]; /**< dummy */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_create_context() - Create the websocket handler
 | |
|  * \param info:	pointer to struct with parameters
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	This function creates the listening socket (if serving) and takes care
 | |
|  *	of all initialization in one step.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	If option LWS_SERVER_OPTION_EXPLICIT_VHOSTS is given, no vhost is
 | |
|  *	created; you're expected to create your own vhosts afterwards using
 | |
|  *	lws_create_vhost().  Otherwise a vhost named "default" is also created
 | |
|  *	using the information in the vhost-related members, for compatibility.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	After initialization, it returns a struct lws_context * that
 | |
|  *	represents this server.  After calling, user code needs to take care
 | |
|  *	of calling lws_service() with the context pointer to get the
 | |
|  *	server's sockets serviced.  This must be done in the same process
 | |
|  *	context as the initialization call.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	The protocol callback functions are called for a handful of events
 | |
|  *	including http requests coming in, websocket connections becoming
 | |
|  *	established, and data arriving; it's also called periodically to allow
 | |
|  *	async transmission.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	HTTP requests are sent always to the FIRST protocol in protocol, since
 | |
|  *	at that time websocket protocol has not been negotiated.  Other
 | |
|  *	protocols after the first one never see any HTTP callback activity.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	The server created is a simple http server by default; part of the
 | |
|  *	websocket standard is upgrading this http connection to a websocket one.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	This allows the same server to provide files like scripts and favicon /
 | |
|  *	images or whatever over http and dynamic data over websockets all in
 | |
|  *	one place; they're all handled in the user callback.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws_context *
 | |
| lws_create_context(struct lws_context_creation_info *info);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_context_destroy() - Destroy the websocket context
 | |
|  * \param context:	Websocket context
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	This function closes any active connections and then frees the
 | |
|  *	context.  After calling this, any further use of the context is
 | |
|  *	undefined.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lws_context_destroy(struct lws_context *context);
 | |
| 
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lws_context_destroy2(struct lws_context *context);
 | |
| 
 | |
| typedef int (*lws_reload_func)(void);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_context_deprecate() - Deprecate the websocket context
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param context:	Websocket context
 | |
|  * \param cb: Callback notified when old context listen sockets are closed
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	This function is used on an existing context before superceding it
 | |
|  *	with a new context.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	It closes any listen sockets in the context, so new connections are
 | |
|  *	not possible.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	And it marks the context to be deleted when the number of active
 | |
|  *	connections into it falls to zero.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	Otherwise if you attach the deprecated context to the replacement
 | |
|  *	context when it has been created using lws_context_attach_deprecated()
 | |
|  *	both any deprecated and the new context will service their connections.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	This is aimed at allowing seamless configuration reloads.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	The callback cb will be called after the listen sockets are actually
 | |
|  *	closed and may be reopened.  In the callback the new context should be
 | |
|  *	configured and created.  (With libuv, socket close happens async after
 | |
|  *	more loop events).
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lws_context_deprecate(struct lws_context *context, lws_reload_func cb);
 | |
| 
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_context_is_deprecated(struct lws_context *context);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_set_proxy() - Setups proxy to lws_context.
 | |
|  * \param vhost:	pointer to struct lws_vhost you want set proxy for
 | |
|  * \param proxy: pointer to c string containing proxy in format address:port
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Returns 0 if proxy string was parsed and proxy was setup.
 | |
|  * Returns -1 if proxy is NULL or has incorrect format.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This is only required if your OS does not provide the http_proxy
 | |
|  * environment variable (eg, OSX)
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *   IMPORTANT! You should call this function right after creation of the
 | |
|  *   lws_context and before call to connect. If you call this
 | |
|  *   function after connect behavior is undefined.
 | |
|  *   This function will override proxy settings made on lws_context
 | |
|  *   creation with genenv() call.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_set_proxy(struct lws_vhost *vhost, const char *proxy);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_set_socks() - Setup socks to lws_context.
 | |
|  * \param vhost:	pointer to struct lws_vhost you want set socks for
 | |
|  * \param socks: pointer to c string containing socks in format address:port
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Returns 0 if socks string was parsed and socks was setup.
 | |
|  * Returns -1 if socks is NULL or has incorrect format.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This is only required if your OS does not provide the socks_proxy
 | |
|  * environment variable (eg, OSX)
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *   IMPORTANT! You should call this function right after creation of the
 | |
|  *   lws_context and before call to connect. If you call this
 | |
|  *   function after connect behavior is undefined.
 | |
|  *   This function will override proxy settings made on lws_context
 | |
|  *   creation with genenv() call.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_set_socks(struct lws_vhost *vhost, const char *socks);
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct lws_vhost;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_create_vhost() - Create a vhost (virtual server context)
 | |
|  * \param context:	pointer to result of lws_create_context()
 | |
|  * \param info:		pointer to struct with parameters
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function creates a virtual server (vhost) using the vhost-related
 | |
|  * members of the info struct.  You can create many vhosts inside one context
 | |
|  * if you created the context with the option LWS_SERVER_OPTION_EXPLICIT_VHOSTS
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws_vhost *
 | |
| lws_create_vhost(struct lws_context *context,
 | |
| 		 struct lws_context_creation_info *info);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_vhost_destroy() - Destroy a vhost (virtual server context)
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param vh:	pointer to result of lws_create_vhost()
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function destroys a vhost.  Normally, if you just want to exit,
 | |
|  * then lws_destroy_context() will take care of everything.  If you want
 | |
|  * to destroy an individual vhost and all connections and allocations, you
 | |
|  * can do it with this.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If the vhost has a listen sockets shared by other vhosts, it will be given
 | |
|  * to one of the vhosts sharing it rather than closed.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lws_vhost_destroy(struct lws_vhost *vh);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lwsws_get_config_globals() - Parse a JSON server config file
 | |
|  * \param info:		pointer to struct with parameters
 | |
|  * \param d:		filepath of the config file
 | |
|  * \param config_strings: storage for the config strings extracted from JSON,
 | |
|  * 			  the pointer is incremented as strings are stored
 | |
|  * \param len:		pointer to the remaining length left in config_strings
 | |
|  *			  the value is decremented as strings are stored
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function prepares a n lws_context_creation_info struct with global
 | |
|  * settings from a file d.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Requires CMake option LWS_WITH_LEJP_CONF to have been enabled
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lwsws_get_config_globals(struct lws_context_creation_info *info, const char *d,
 | |
| 			 char **config_strings, int *len);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lwsws_get_config_vhosts() - Create vhosts from a JSON server config file
 | |
|  * \param context:	pointer to result of lws_create_context()
 | |
|  * \param info:		pointer to struct with parameters
 | |
|  * \param d:		filepath of the config file
 | |
|  * \param config_strings: storage for the config strings extracted from JSON,
 | |
|  * 			  the pointer is incremented as strings are stored
 | |
|  * \param len:		pointer to the remaining length left in config_strings
 | |
|  *			  the value is decremented as strings are stored
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function creates vhosts into a context according to the settings in
 | |
|  *JSON files found in directory d.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Requires CMake option LWS_WITH_LEJP_CONF to have been enabled
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lwsws_get_config_vhosts(struct lws_context *context,
 | |
| 			struct lws_context_creation_info *info, const char *d,
 | |
| 			char **config_strings, int *len);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** lws_vhost_get() - \deprecated deprecated: use lws_get_vhost() */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws_vhost *
 | |
| lws_vhost_get(struct lws *wsi) LWS_WARN_DEPRECATED;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_get_vhost() - return the vhost a wsi belongs to
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi: which connection
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws_vhost *
 | |
| lws_get_vhost(struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_json_dump_vhost() - describe vhost state and stats in JSON
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param vh: the vhost
 | |
|  * \param buf: buffer to fill with JSON
 | |
|  * \param len: max length of buf
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_json_dump_vhost(const struct lws_vhost *vh, char *buf, int len);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_json_dump_context() - describe context state and stats in JSON
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param context: the context
 | |
|  * \param buf: buffer to fill with JSON
 | |
|  * \param len: max length of buf
 | |
|  * \param hide_vhosts: nonzero to not provide per-vhost mount etc information
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Generates a JSON description of vhost state into buf
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_json_dump_context(const struct lws_context *context, char *buf, int len,
 | |
| 		      int hide_vhosts);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_vhost_user() - get the user data associated with the vhost
 | |
|  * \param vhost: Websocket vhost
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This returns the optional user pointer that can be attached to
 | |
|  * a vhost when it was created.  Lws never dereferences this pointer, it only
 | |
|  * sets it when the vhost is created, and returns it using this api.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void *
 | |
| lws_vhost_user(struct lws_vhost *vhost);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_context_user() - get the user data associated with the context
 | |
|  * \param context: Websocket context
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This returns the optional user allocation that can be attached to
 | |
|  * the context the sockets live in at context_create time.  It's a way
 | |
|  * to let all sockets serviced in the same context share data without
 | |
|  * using globals statics in the user code.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void *
 | |
| lws_context_user(struct lws_context *context);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*! \defgroup vhost-mounts Vhost mounts and options
 | |
|  * \ingroup context-and-vhost-creation
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * ##Vhost mounts and options
 | |
|  */
 | |
| ///@{
 | |
| /** struct lws_protocol_vhost_options - linked list of per-vhost protocol
 | |
|  * 					name=value options
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This provides a general way to attach a linked-list of name=value pairs,
 | |
|  * which can also have an optional child link-list using the options member.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct lws_protocol_vhost_options {
 | |
| 	const struct lws_protocol_vhost_options *next; /**< linked list */
 | |
| 	const struct lws_protocol_vhost_options *options; /**< child linked-list of more options for this node */
 | |
| 	const char *name; /**< name of name=value pair */
 | |
| 	const char *value; /**< value of name=value pair */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** enum lws_mount_protocols
 | |
|  * This specifies the mount protocol for a mountpoint, whether it is to be
 | |
|  * served from a filesystem, or it is a cgi etc.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum lws_mount_protocols {
 | |
| 	LWSMPRO_HTTP		= 0, /**< http reverse proxy */
 | |
| 	LWSMPRO_HTTPS		= 1, /**< https reverse proxy */
 | |
| 	LWSMPRO_FILE		= 2, /**< serve from filesystem directory */
 | |
| 	LWSMPRO_CGI		= 3, /**< pass to CGI to handle */
 | |
| 	LWSMPRO_REDIR_HTTP	= 4, /**< redirect to http:// url */
 | |
| 	LWSMPRO_REDIR_HTTPS	= 5, /**< redirect to https:// url */
 | |
| 	LWSMPRO_CALLBACK	= 6, /**< hand by named protocol's callback */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** struct lws_http_mount
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * arguments for mounting something in a vhost's url namespace
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct lws_http_mount {
 | |
| 	const struct lws_http_mount *mount_next;
 | |
| 	/**< pointer to next struct lws_http_mount */
 | |
| 	const char *mountpoint;
 | |
| 	/**< mountpoint in http pathspace, eg, "/" */
 | |
| 	const char *origin;
 | |
| 	/**< path to be mounted, eg, "/var/www/warmcat.com" */
 | |
| 	const char *def;
 | |
| 	/**< default target, eg, "index.html" */
 | |
| 	const char *protocol;
 | |
| 	/**<"protocol-name" to handle mount */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	const struct lws_protocol_vhost_options *cgienv;
 | |
| 	/**< optional linked-list of cgi options.  These are created
 | |
| 	 * as environment variables for the cgi process
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 	const struct lws_protocol_vhost_options *extra_mimetypes;
 | |
| 	/**< optional linked-list of mimetype mappings */
 | |
| 	const struct lws_protocol_vhost_options *interpret;
 | |
| 	/**< optional linked-list of files to be interpreted */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	int cgi_timeout;
 | |
| 	/**< seconds cgi is allowed to live, if cgi://mount type */
 | |
| 	int cache_max_age;
 | |
| 	/**< max-age for reuse of client cache of files, seconds */
 | |
| 	unsigned int auth_mask;
 | |
| 	/**< bits set here must be set for authorized client session */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	unsigned int cache_reusable:1; /**< set if client cache may reuse this */
 | |
| 	unsigned int cache_revalidate:1; /**< set if client cache should revalidate on use */
 | |
| 	unsigned int cache_intermediaries:1; /**< set if intermediaries are allowed to cache */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	unsigned char origin_protocol; /**< one of enum lws_mount_protocols */
 | |
| 	unsigned char mountpoint_len; /**< length of mountpoint string */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	const char *basic_auth_login_file;
 | |
| 	/**<NULL, or filepath to use to check basic auth logins against */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/* Add new things just above here ---^
 | |
| 	 * This is part of the ABI, don't needlessly break compatibility
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 * The below is to ensure later library versions with new
 | |
| 	 * members added above will see 0 (default) even if the app
 | |
| 	 * was not built against the newer headers.
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	void *_unused[2]; /**< dummy */
 | |
| };
 | |
| ///@}
 | |
| ///@}
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*! \defgroup client Client related functions
 | |
|  * ##Client releated functions
 | |
|  * \ingroup lwsapi
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * */
 | |
| ///@{
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** enum lws_client_connect_ssl_connection_flags - flags that may be used
 | |
|  * with struct lws_client_connect_info ssl_connection member to control if
 | |
|  * and how SSL checks apply to the client connection being created
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| enum lws_client_connect_ssl_connection_flags {
 | |
| 	LCCSCF_USE_SSL 				= (1 << 0),
 | |
| 	LCCSCF_ALLOW_SELFSIGNED			= (1 << 1),
 | |
| 	LCCSCF_SKIP_SERVER_CERT_HOSTNAME_CHECK	= (1 << 2),
 | |
| 	LCCSCF_ALLOW_EXPIRED			= (1 << 3)
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** struct lws_client_connect_info - parameters to connect with when using
 | |
|  *				    lws_client_connect_via_info() */
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct lws_client_connect_info {
 | |
| 	struct lws_context *context;
 | |
| 	/**< lws context to create connection in */
 | |
| 	const char *address;
 | |
| 	/**< remote address to connect to */
 | |
| 	int port;
 | |
| 	/**< remote port to connect to */
 | |
| 	int ssl_connection;
 | |
| 	/**< nonzero for ssl */
 | |
| 	const char *path;
 | |
| 	/**< uri path */
 | |
| 	const char *host;
 | |
| 	/**< content of host header */
 | |
| 	const char *origin;
 | |
| 	/**< content of origin header */
 | |
| 	const char *protocol;
 | |
| 	/**< list of ws protocols we could accept */
 | |
| 	int ietf_version_or_minus_one;
 | |
| 	/**< deprecated: currently leave at 0 or -1 */
 | |
| 	void *userdata;
 | |
| 	/**< if non-NULL, use this as wsi user_data instead of malloc it */
 | |
| 	const void *client_exts;
 | |
| 	/**< UNUSED... provide in info.extensions at context creation time */
 | |
| 	const char *method;
 | |
| 	/**< if non-NULL, do this http method instead of ws[s] upgrade.
 | |
| 	 * use "GET" to be a simple http client connection */
 | |
| 	struct lws *parent_wsi;
 | |
| 	/**< if another wsi is responsible for this connection, give it here.
 | |
| 	 * this is used to make sure if the parent closes so do any
 | |
| 	 * child connections first. */
 | |
| 	const char *uri_replace_from;
 | |
| 	/**< if non-NULL, when this string is found in URIs in
 | |
| 	 * text/html content-encoding, it's replaced with uri_replace_to */
 | |
| 	const char *uri_replace_to;
 | |
| 	/**< see uri_replace_from */
 | |
| 	struct lws_vhost *vhost;
 | |
| 	/**< vhost to bind to (used to determine related SSL_CTX) */
 | |
| 	struct lws **pwsi;
 | |
| 	/**< if not NULL, store the new wsi here early in the connection
 | |
| 	 * process.  Although we return the new wsi, the call to create the
 | |
| 	 * client connection does progress the connection somewhat and may
 | |
| 	 * meet an error that will result in the connection being scrubbed and
 | |
| 	 * NULL returned.  While the wsi exists though, he may process a
 | |
| 	 * callback like CLIENT_CONNECTION_ERROR with his wsi: this gives the
 | |
| 	 * user callback a way to identify which wsi it is that faced the error
 | |
| 	 * even before the new wsi is returned and even if ultimately no wsi
 | |
| 	 * is returned.
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 	const char *iface;
 | |
| 	/**< NULL to allow routing on any interface, or interface name or IP
 | |
| 	 * to bind the socket to */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/* Add new things just above here ---^
 | |
| 	 * This is part of the ABI, don't needlessly break compatibility
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 * The below is to ensure later library versions with new
 | |
| 	 * members added above will see 0 (default) even if the app
 | |
| 	 * was not built against the newer headers.
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	void *_unused[4]; /**< dummy */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_client_connect_via_info() - Connect to another websocket server
 | |
|  * \param ccinfo: pointer to lws_client_connect_info struct
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	This function creates a connection to a remote server using the
 | |
|  *	information provided in ccinfo.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws *
 | |
| lws_client_connect_via_info(struct lws_client_connect_info * ccinfo);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_client_connect() - Connect to another websocket server
 | |
|  * 		\deprecated DEPRECATED use lws_client_connect_via_info
 | |
|  * \param clients:	Websocket context
 | |
|  * \param address:	Remote server address, eg, "myserver.com"
 | |
|  * \param port:	Port to connect to on the remote server, eg, 80
 | |
|  * \param ssl_connection:	0 = ws://, 1 = wss:// encrypted, 2 = wss:// allow self
 | |
|  *			signed certs
 | |
|  * \param path:	Websocket path on server
 | |
|  * \param host:	Hostname on server
 | |
|  * \param origin:	Socket origin name
 | |
|  * \param protocol:	Comma-separated list of protocols being asked for from
 | |
|  *		the server, or just one.  The server will pick the one it
 | |
|  *		likes best.  If you don't want to specify a protocol, which is
 | |
|  *		legal, use NULL here.
 | |
|  * \param ietf_version_or_minus_one: -1 to ask to connect using the default, latest
 | |
|  *		protocol supported, or the specific protocol ordinal
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	This function creates a connection to a remote server
 | |
|  */
 | |
| /* deprecated, use lws_client_connect_via_info() */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws * LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_client_connect(struct lws_context *clients, const char *address,
 | |
| 		   int port, int ssl_connection, const char *path,
 | |
| 		   const char *host, const char *origin, const char *protocol,
 | |
| 		   int ietf_version_or_minus_one) LWS_WARN_DEPRECATED;
 | |
| /* deprecated, use lws_client_connect_via_info() */
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_client_connect_extended() - Connect to another websocket server
 | |
|  * 			\deprecated DEPRECATED use lws_client_connect_via_info
 | |
|  * \param clients:	Websocket context
 | |
|  * \param address:	Remote server address, eg, "myserver.com"
 | |
|  * \param port:	Port to connect to on the remote server, eg, 80
 | |
|  * \param ssl_connection:	0 = ws://, 1 = wss:// encrypted, 2 = wss:// allow self
 | |
|  *			signed certs
 | |
|  * \param path:	Websocket path on server
 | |
|  * \param host:	Hostname on server
 | |
|  * \param origin:	Socket origin name
 | |
|  * \param protocol:	Comma-separated list of protocols being asked for from
 | |
|  *		the server, or just one.  The server will pick the one it
 | |
|  *		likes best.
 | |
|  * \param ietf_version_or_minus_one: -1 to ask to connect using the default, latest
 | |
|  *		protocol supported, or the specific protocol ordinal
 | |
|  * \param userdata: Pre-allocated user data
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	This function creates a connection to a remote server
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws * LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_client_connect_extended(struct lws_context *clients, const char *address,
 | |
| 			    int port, int ssl_connection, const char *path,
 | |
| 			    const char *host, const char *origin,
 | |
| 			    const char *protocol, int ietf_version_or_minus_one,
 | |
| 			    void *userdata) LWS_WARN_DEPRECATED;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_init_vhost_client_ssl() - also enable client SSL on an existing vhost
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param info: client ssl related info
 | |
|  * \param vhost: which vhost to initialize client ssl operations on
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * You only need to call this if you plan on using SSL client connections on
 | |
|  * the vhost.  For non-SSL client connections, it's not necessary to call this.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The following members of info are used during the call
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	 - options must have LWS_SERVER_OPTION_DO_SSL_GLOBAL_INIT set,
 | |
|  *	     otherwise the call does nothing
 | |
|  *	 - provided_client_ssl_ctx must be NULL to get a generated client
 | |
|  *	     ssl context, otherwise you can pass a prepared one in by setting it
 | |
|  *	 - ssl_cipher_list may be NULL or set to the client valid cipher list
 | |
|  *	 - ssl_ca_filepath may be NULL or client cert filepath
 | |
|  *	 - ssl_cert_filepath may be NULL or client cert filepath
 | |
|  *	 - ssl_private_key_filepath may be NULL or client cert private key
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * You must create your vhost explicitly if you want to use this, so you have
 | |
|  * a pointer to the vhost.  Create the context first with the option flag
 | |
|  * LWS_SERVER_OPTION_EXPLICIT_VHOSTS and then call lws_create_vhost() with
 | |
|  * the same info struct.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_init_vhost_client_ssl(const struct lws_context_creation_info *info,
 | |
| 			  struct lws_vhost *vhost);
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_http_client_read() - consume waiting received http client data
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi: client connection
 | |
|  * \param buf: pointer to buffer pointer - fill with pointer to your buffer
 | |
|  * \param len: pointer to chunk length - fill with max length of buffer
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This is called when the user code is notified client http data has arrived.
 | |
|  * The user code may choose to delay calling it to consume the data, for example
 | |
|  * waiting until an onward connection is writeable.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * For non-chunked connections, up to len bytes of buf are filled with the
 | |
|  * received content.  len is set to the actual amount filled before return.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * For chunked connections, the linear buffer content contains the chunking
 | |
|  * headers and it cannot be passed in one lump.  Instead, this function will
 | |
|  * call back LWS_CALLBACK_RECEIVE_CLIENT_HTTP_READ with in pointing to the
 | |
|  * chunk start and len set to the chunk length.  There will be as many calls
 | |
|  * as there are chunks or partial chunks in the buffer.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_http_client_read(struct lws *wsi, char **buf, int *len);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_http_client_http_response() - get last HTTP response code
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi: client connection
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Returns the last server response code, eg, 200 for client http connections.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN unsigned int
 | |
| lws_http_client_http_response(struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lws_client_http_body_pending(struct lws *wsi, int something_left_to_send);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_client_http_body_pending() - control if client connection neeeds to send body
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi: client connection
 | |
|  * \param something_left_to_send: nonzero if need to send more body, 0 (default)
 | |
|  * 				if nothing more to send
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If you will send payload data with your HTTP client connection, eg, for POST,
 | |
|  * when you set the related http headers in
 | |
|  * LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_APPEND_HANDSHAKE_HEADER callback you should also call
 | |
|  * this API with something_left_to_send nonzero, and call
 | |
|  * lws_callback_on_writable(wsi);
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * After sending the headers, lws will call your callback with
 | |
|  * LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_HTTP_WRITEABLE reason when writable.  You can send the
 | |
|  * next part of the http body payload, calling lws_callback_on_writable(wsi);
 | |
|  * if there is more to come, or lws_client_http_body_pending(wsi, 0); to
 | |
|  * let lws know the last part is sent and the connection can move on.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| ///@}
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** \defgroup service Built-in service loop entry
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * ##Built-in service loop entry
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If you're not using libev / libuv, these apis are needed to enter the poll()
 | |
|  * wait in lws and service any connections with pending events.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| ///@{
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_service() - Service any pending websocket activity
 | |
|  * \param context:	Websocket context
 | |
|  * \param timeout_ms:	Timeout for poll; 0 means return immediately if nothing needed
 | |
|  *		service otherwise block and service immediately, returning
 | |
|  *		after the timeout if nothing needed service.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	This function deals with any pending websocket traffic, for three
 | |
|  *	kinds of event.  It handles these events on both server and client
 | |
|  *	types of connection the same.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	1) Accept new connections to our context's server
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	2) Call the receive callback for incoming frame data received by
 | |
|  *	    server or client connections.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	You need to call this service function periodically to all the above
 | |
|  *	functions to happen; if your application is single-threaded you can
 | |
|  *	just call it in your main event loop.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	Alternatively you can fork a new process that asynchronously handles
 | |
|  *	calling this service in a loop.  In that case you are happy if this
 | |
|  *	call blocks your thread until it needs to take care of something and
 | |
|  *	would call it with a large nonzero timeout.  Your loop then takes no
 | |
|  *	CPU while there is nothing happening.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	If you are calling it in a single-threaded app, you don't want it to
 | |
|  *	wait around blocking other things in your loop from happening, so you
 | |
|  *	would call it with a timeout_ms of 0, so it returns immediately if
 | |
|  *	nothing is pending, or as soon as it services whatever was pending.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_service(struct lws_context *context, int timeout_ms);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_service_tsi() - Service any pending websocket activity
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param context:	Websocket context
 | |
|  * \param timeout_ms:	Timeout for poll; 0 means return immediately if nothing needed
 | |
|  *		service otherwise block and service immediately, returning
 | |
|  *		after the timeout if nothing needed service.
 | |
|  * \param tsi:		Thread service index, starting at 0
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Same as lws_service(), but for a specific thread service index.  Only needed
 | |
|  * if you are spawning multiple service threads.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_service_tsi(struct lws_context *context, int timeout_ms, int tsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_cancel_service_pt() - Cancel servicing of pending socket activity
 | |
|  *				on one thread
 | |
|  * \param wsi:	Cancel service on the thread this wsi is serviced by
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	This function lets a call to lws_service() waiting for a timeout
 | |
|  *	immediately return.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	It works by creating a phony event and then swallowing it silently.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	The reason it may be needed is when waiting in poll(), changes to
 | |
|  *	the event masks are ignored by the OS until poll() is reentered.  This
 | |
|  *	lets you halt the poll() wait and make the reentry happen immediately
 | |
|  *	instead of having the wait out the rest of the poll timeout.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lws_cancel_service_pt(struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_cancel_service() - Cancel wait for new pending socket activity
 | |
|  * \param context:	Websocket context
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	This function let a call to lws_service() waiting for a timeout
 | |
|  *	immediately return.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	What it basically does is provide a fake event that will be swallowed,
 | |
|  *	so the wait in poll() is ended.  That's useful because poll() doesn't
 | |
|  *	attend to changes in POLLIN/OUT/ERR until it re-enters the wait.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lws_cancel_service(struct lws_context *context);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_service_fd() - Service polled socket with something waiting
 | |
|  * \param context:	Websocket context
 | |
|  * \param pollfd:	The pollfd entry describing the socket fd and which events
 | |
|  *		happened, or NULL to tell lws to do only timeout servicing.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function takes a pollfd that has POLLIN or POLLOUT activity and
 | |
|  * services it according to the state of the associated
 | |
|  * struct lws.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The one call deals with all "service" that might happen on a socket
 | |
|  * including listen accepts, http files as well as websocket protocol.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If a pollfd says it has something, you can just pass it to
 | |
|  * lws_service_fd() whether it is a socket handled by lws or not.
 | |
|  * If it sees it is a lws socket, the traffic will be handled and
 | |
|  * pollfd->revents will be zeroed now.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If the socket is foreign to lws, it leaves revents alone.  So you can
 | |
|  * see if you should service yourself by checking the pollfd revents
 | |
|  * after letting lws try to service it.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * You should also call this with pollfd = NULL to just allow the
 | |
|  * once-per-second global timeout checks; if less than a second since the last
 | |
|  * check it returns immediately then.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_service_fd(struct lws_context *context, struct lws_pollfd *pollfd);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_service_fd_tsi() - Service polled socket in specific service thread
 | |
|  * \param context:	Websocket context
 | |
|  * \param pollfd:	The pollfd entry describing the socket fd and which events
 | |
|  *		happened.
 | |
|  * \param tsi: thread service index
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Same as lws_service_fd() but used with multiple service threads
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_service_fd_tsi(struct lws_context *context, struct lws_pollfd *pollfd,
 | |
| 		   int tsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_service_adjust_timeout() - Check for any connection needing forced service
 | |
|  * \param context:	Websocket context
 | |
|  * \param timeout_ms:	The original poll timeout value.  You can just set this
 | |
|  *			to 1 if you don't really have a poll timeout.
 | |
|  * \param tsi: thread service index
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Under some conditions connections may need service even though there is no
 | |
|  * pending network action on them, this is "forced service".  For default
 | |
|  * poll() and libuv / libev, the library takes care of calling this and
 | |
|  * dealing with it for you.  But for external poll() integration, you need
 | |
|  * access to the apis.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If anybody needs "forced service", returned timeout is zero.  In that case,
 | |
|  * you can call lws_service_tsi() with a timeout of -1 to only service
 | |
|  * guys who need forced service.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_service_adjust_timeout(struct lws_context *context, int timeout_ms, int tsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Backwards compatibility */
 | |
| #define lws_plat_service_tsi lws_service_tsi
 | |
| 
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_handle_POLLOUT_event(struct lws *wsi, struct lws_pollfd *pollfd);
 | |
| 
 | |
| ///@}
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*! \defgroup http HTTP
 | |
| 
 | |
|     Modules related to handling HTTP
 | |
| */
 | |
| //@{
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*! \defgroup httpft HTTP File transfer
 | |
|  * \ingroup http
 | |
| 
 | |
|     APIs for sending local files in response to HTTP requests
 | |
| */
 | |
| //@{
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_get_mimetype() - Determine mimetype to use from filename
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param file:		filename
 | |
|  * \param m:		NULL, or mount context
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This uses a canned list of known filetypes first, if no match and m is
 | |
|  * non-NULL, then tries a list of per-mount file suffix to mimtype mappings.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Returns either NULL or a pointer to the mimetype matching the file.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const char *
 | |
| lws_get_mimetype(const char *file, const struct lws_http_mount *m);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_serve_http_file() - Send a file back to the client using http
 | |
|  * \param wsi:		Websocket instance (available from user callback)
 | |
|  * \param file:		The file to issue over http
 | |
|  * \param content_type:	The http content type, eg, text/html
 | |
|  * \param other_headers:	NULL or pointer to header string
 | |
|  * \param other_headers_len:	length of the other headers if non-NULL
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	This function is intended to be called from the callback in response
 | |
|  *	to http requests from the client.  It allows the callback to issue
 | |
|  *	local files down the http link in a single step.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	Returning <0 indicates error and the wsi should be closed.  Returning
 | |
|  *	>0 indicates the file was completely sent and
 | |
|  *	lws_http_transaction_completed() called on the wsi (and close if != 0)
 | |
|  *	==0 indicates the file transfer is started and needs more service later,
 | |
|  *	the wsi should be left alone.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_serve_http_file(struct lws *wsi, const char *file, const char *content_type,
 | |
| 		    const char *other_headers, int other_headers_len);
 | |
| 
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_serve_http_file_fragment(struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| //@}
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| enum http_status {
 | |
| 	HTTP_STATUS_CONTINUE					= 100,
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	HTTP_STATUS_OK						= 200,
 | |
| 	HTTP_STATUS_NO_CONTENT					= 204,
 | |
| 	HTTP_STATUS_PARTIAL_CONTENT				= 206,
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	HTTP_STATUS_MOVED_PERMANENTLY				= 301,
 | |
| 	HTTP_STATUS_FOUND					= 302,
 | |
| 	HTTP_STATUS_SEE_OTHER					= 303,
 | |
| 	HTTP_STATUS_NOT_MODIFIED				= 304,
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	HTTP_STATUS_BAD_REQUEST					= 400,
 | |
| 	HTTP_STATUS_UNAUTHORIZED,
 | |
| 	HTTP_STATUS_PAYMENT_REQUIRED,
 | |
| 	HTTP_STATUS_FORBIDDEN,
 | |
| 	HTTP_STATUS_NOT_FOUND,
 | |
| 	HTTP_STATUS_METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED,
 | |
| 	HTTP_STATUS_NOT_ACCEPTABLE,
 | |
| 	HTTP_STATUS_PROXY_AUTH_REQUIRED,
 | |
| 	HTTP_STATUS_REQUEST_TIMEOUT,
 | |
| 	HTTP_STATUS_CONFLICT,
 | |
| 	HTTP_STATUS_GONE,
 | |
| 	HTTP_STATUS_LENGTH_REQUIRED,
 | |
| 	HTTP_STATUS_PRECONDITION_FAILED,
 | |
| 	HTTP_STATUS_REQ_ENTITY_TOO_LARGE,
 | |
| 	HTTP_STATUS_REQ_URI_TOO_LONG,
 | |
| 	HTTP_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED_MEDIA_TYPE,
 | |
| 	HTTP_STATUS_REQ_RANGE_NOT_SATISFIABLE,
 | |
| 	HTTP_STATUS_EXPECTATION_FAILED,
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	HTTP_STATUS_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR			= 500,
 | |
| 	HTTP_STATUS_NOT_IMPLEMENTED,
 | |
| 	HTTP_STATUS_BAD_GATEWAY,
 | |
| 	HTTP_STATUS_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE,
 | |
| 	HTTP_STATUS_GATEWAY_TIMEOUT,
 | |
| 	HTTP_STATUS_HTTP_VERSION_NOT_SUPPORTED,
 | |
| };
 | |
| /*! \defgroup html-chunked-substitution HTML Chunked Substitution
 | |
|  * \ingroup http
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * ##HTML chunked Substitution
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * APIs for receiving chunks of text, replacing a set of variable names via
 | |
|  * a callback, and then prepending and appending HTML chunked encoding
 | |
|  * headers.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| //@{
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct lws_process_html_args {
 | |
| 	char *p; /**< pointer to the buffer containing the data */
 | |
| 	int len; /**< length of the original data at p */
 | |
| 	int max_len; /**< maximum length we can grow the data to */
 | |
| 	int final; /**< set if this is the last chunk of the file */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| typedef const char *(*lws_process_html_state_cb)(void *data, int index);
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct lws_process_html_state {
 | |
| 	char *start; /**< pointer to start of match */
 | |
| 	char swallow[16]; /**< matched character buffer */
 | |
| 	int pos; /**< position in match */
 | |
| 	void *data; /**< opaque pointer */
 | |
| 	const char * const *vars; /**< list of variable names */
 | |
| 	int count_vars; /**< count of variable names */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	lws_process_html_state_cb replace; /**< called on match to perform substitution */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*! lws_chunked_html_process() - generic chunked substitution
 | |
|  * \param args: buffer to process using chunked encoding
 | |
|  * \param s: current processing state
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_chunked_html_process(struct lws_process_html_args *args,
 | |
| 			 struct lws_process_html_state *s);
 | |
| //@}
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** \defgroup HTTP-headers-read HTTP headers: read
 | |
|  * \ingroup http
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * ##HTTP header releated functions
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *  In lws the client http headers are temporarily stored in a pool, only for the
 | |
|  *  duration of the http part of the handshake.  It's because in most cases,
 | |
|  *  the header content is ignored for the whole rest of the connection lifetime
 | |
|  *  and would then just be taking up space needlessly.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *  During LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP when the URI path is delivered is the last time
 | |
|  *  the http headers are still allocated, you can use these apis then to
 | |
|  *  look at and copy out interesting header content (cookies, etc)
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *  Notice that the header total length reported does not include a terminating
 | |
|  *  '\0', however you must allocate for it when using the _copy apis.  So the
 | |
|  *  length reported for a header containing "123" is 3, but you must provide
 | |
|  *  a buffer of length 4 so that "123\0" may be copied into it, or the copy
 | |
|  *  will fail with a nonzero return code.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *  In the special case of URL arguments, like ?x=1&y=2, the arguments are
 | |
|  *  stored in a token named for the method, eg,  WSI_TOKEN_GET_URI if it
 | |
|  *  was a GET or WSI_TOKEN_POST_URI if POST.  You can check the total
 | |
|  *  length to confirm the method.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *  For URL arguments, each argument is stored urldecoded in a "fragment", so
 | |
|  *  you can use the fragment-aware api lws_hdr_copy_fragment() to access each
 | |
|  *  argument in turn: the fragments contain urldecoded strings like x=1 or y=2.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *  As a convenience, lws has an api that will find the fragment with a
 | |
|  *  given name= part, lws_get_urlarg_by_name().
 | |
|  */
 | |
| ///@{
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** struct lws_tokens
 | |
|  * you need these to look at headers that have been parsed if using the
 | |
|  * LWS_CALLBACK_FILTER_CONNECTION callback.  If a header from the enum
 | |
|  * list below is absent, .token = NULL and token_len = 0.  Otherwise .token
 | |
|  * points to .token_len chars containing that header content.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct lws_tokens {
 | |
| 	char *token; /**< pointer to start of the token */
 | |
| 	int token_len; /**< length of the token's value */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* enum lws_token_indexes
 | |
|  * these have to be kept in sync with lextable.h / minilex.c
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * NOTE: These public enums are part of the abi.  If you want to add one,
 | |
|  * add it at where specified so existing users are unaffected.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum lws_token_indexes {
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_GET_URI					=  0,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_POST_URI					=  1,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_OPTIONS_URI					=  2,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HOST						=  3,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_CONNECTION					=  4,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_UPGRADE					=  5,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_ORIGIN					=  6,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_DRAFT						=  7,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_CHALLENGE					=  8,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_EXTENSIONS					=  9,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_KEY1						= 10,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_KEY2						= 11,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_PROTOCOL					= 12,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_ACCEPT					= 13,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_NONCE						= 14,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP						= 15,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP2_SETTINGS				= 16,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_ACCEPT					= 17,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_AC_REQUEST_HEADERS			= 18,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_IF_MODIFIED_SINCE			= 19,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_IF_NONE_MATCH				= 20,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_ACCEPT_ENCODING				= 21,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_ACCEPT_LANGUAGE				= 22,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_PRAGMA					= 23,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_CACHE_CONTROL				= 24,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_AUTHORIZATION				= 25,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_COOKIE					= 26,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_CONTENT_LENGTH				= 27,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_CONTENT_TYPE				= 28,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_DATE					= 29,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_RANGE					= 30,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_REFERER					= 31,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_KEY						= 32,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_VERSION					= 33,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_SWORIGIN					= 34,
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_COLON_AUTHORITY				= 35,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_COLON_METHOD				= 36,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_COLON_PATH				= 37,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_COLON_SCHEME				= 38,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_COLON_STATUS				= 39,
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_ACCEPT_CHARSET				= 40,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_ACCEPT_RANGES				= 41,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_ACCESS_CONTROL_ALLOW_ORIGIN		= 42,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_AGE					= 43,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_ALLOW					= 44,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_CONTENT_DISPOSITION			= 45,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_CONTENT_ENCODING				= 46,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_CONTENT_LANGUAGE				= 47,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_CONTENT_LOCATION				= 48,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_CONTENT_RANGE				= 49,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_ETAG					= 50,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_EXPECT					= 51,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_EXPIRES					= 52,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_FROM					= 53,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_IF_MATCH					= 54,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_IF_RANGE					= 55,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_IF_UNMODIFIED_SINCE			= 56,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_LAST_MODIFIED				= 57,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_LINK					= 58,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_LOCATION					= 59,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_MAX_FORWARDS				= 60,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_PROXY_AUTHENTICATE			= 61,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_PROXY_AUTHORIZATION			= 62,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_REFRESH					= 63,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_RETRY_AFTER				= 64,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_SERVER					= 65,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_SET_COOKIE				= 66,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_STRICT_TRANSPORT_SECURITY		= 67,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_TRANSFER_ENCODING			= 68,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_USER_AGENT				= 69,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_VARY					= 70,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_VIA					= 71,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_WWW_AUTHENTICATE				= 72,
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_PATCH_URI					= 73,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_PUT_URI					= 74,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_DELETE_URI					= 75,
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_URI_ARGS					= 76,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_PROXY						= 77,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_X_REAL_IP				= 78,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HTTP1_0					= 79,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_X_FORWARDED_FOR				= 80,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_CONNECT					= 81,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_HEAD_URI					= 82,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_TE						= 83,
 | |
| 	/****** add new things just above ---^ ******/
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/* use token storage to stash these internally, not for
 | |
| 	 * user use */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	_WSI_TOKEN_CLIENT_SENT_PROTOCOLS,
 | |
| 	_WSI_TOKEN_CLIENT_PEER_ADDRESS,
 | |
| 	_WSI_TOKEN_CLIENT_URI,
 | |
| 	_WSI_TOKEN_CLIENT_HOST,
 | |
| 	_WSI_TOKEN_CLIENT_ORIGIN,
 | |
| 	_WSI_TOKEN_CLIENT_METHOD,
 | |
| 	_WSI_TOKEN_CLIENT_IFACE,
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/* always last real token index*/
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_COUNT,
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/* parser state additions, no storage associated */
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_NAME_PART,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_SKIPPING,
 | |
| 	WSI_TOKEN_SKIPPING_SAW_CR,
 | |
| 	WSI_PARSING_COMPLETE,
 | |
| 	WSI_INIT_TOKEN_MUXURL,
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct lws_token_limits {
 | |
| 	unsigned short token_limit[WSI_TOKEN_COUNT]; /**< max chars for this token */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_token_to_string() - returns a textual representation of a hdr token index
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param token: token index
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const unsigned char *
 | |
| lws_token_to_string(enum lws_token_indexes token);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_hdr_total_length: report length of all fragments of a header totalled up
 | |
|  *		The returned length does not include the space for a
 | |
|  *		terminating '\0'
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi: websocket connection
 | |
|  * \param h: which header index we are interested in
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_hdr_total_length(struct lws *wsi, enum lws_token_indexes h);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_hdr_fragment_length: report length of a single fragment of a header
 | |
|  *		The returned length does not include the space for a
 | |
|  *		terminating '\0'
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi: websocket connection
 | |
|  * \param h: which header index we are interested in
 | |
|  * \param frag_idx: which fragment of h we want to get the length of
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_hdr_fragment_length(struct lws *wsi, enum lws_token_indexes h, int frag_idx);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_hdr_copy() - copy a single fragment of the given header to a buffer
 | |
|  *		The buffer length len must include space for an additional
 | |
|  *		terminating '\0', or it will fail returning -1.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi: websocket connection
 | |
|  * \param dest: destination buffer
 | |
|  * \param len: length of destination buffer
 | |
|  * \param h: which header index we are interested in
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * copies the whole, aggregated header, even if it was delivered in
 | |
|  * several actual headers piece by piece
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_hdr_copy(struct lws *wsi, char *dest, int len, enum lws_token_indexes h);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_hdr_copy_fragment() - copy a single fragment of the given header to a buffer
 | |
|  *		The buffer length len must include space for an additional
 | |
|  *		terminating '\0', or it will fail returning -1.
 | |
|  *		If the requested fragment index is not present, it fails
 | |
|  *		returning -1.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi: websocket connection
 | |
|  * \param dest: destination buffer
 | |
|  * \param len: length of destination buffer
 | |
|  * \param h: which header index we are interested in
 | |
|  * \param frag_idx: which fragment of h we want to copy
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Normally this is only useful
 | |
|  * to parse URI arguments like ?x=1&y=2, token index WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_URI_ARGS
 | |
|  * fragment 0 will contain "x=1" and fragment 1 "y=2"
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_hdr_copy_fragment(struct lws *wsi, char *dest, int len,
 | |
| 		      enum lws_token_indexes h, int frag_idx);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_get_urlarg_by_name() - return pointer to arg value if present
 | |
|  * \param wsi: the connection to check
 | |
|  * \param name: the arg name, like "token="
 | |
|  * \param buf: the buffer to receive the urlarg (including the name= part)
 | |
|  * \param len: the length of the buffer to receive the urlarg
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *     Returns NULL if not found or a pointer inside buf to just after the
 | |
|  *     name= part.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const char *
 | |
| lws_get_urlarg_by_name(struct lws *wsi, const char *name, char *buf, int len);
 | |
| ///@}
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*! \defgroup HTTP-headers-create HTTP headers: create
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * ## HTTP headers: Create
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * These apis allow you to create HTTP response headers in a way compatible with
 | |
|  * both HTTP/1.x and HTTP/2.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * They each append to a buffer taking care about the buffer end, which is
 | |
|  * passed in as a pointer.  When data is written to the buffer, the current
 | |
|  * position p is updated accordingly.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * All of these apis are LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT as they can run out of space
 | |
|  * and fail with nonzero return.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| ///@{
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define LWSAHH_CODE_MASK			((1 << 16) - 1)
 | |
| #define LWSAHH_FLAG_NO_SERVER_NAME		(1 << 30)
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_add_http_header_status() - add the HTTP response status code
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi: the connection to check
 | |
|  * \param code: an HTTP code like 200, 404 etc (see enum http_status)
 | |
|  * \param p: pointer to current position in buffer pointer
 | |
|  * \param end: pointer to end of buffer
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Adds the initial response code, so should be called first.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Code may additionally take OR'd flags:
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *    LWSAHH_FLAG_NO_SERVER_NAME:  don't apply server name header this time
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_add_http_header_status(struct lws *wsi,
 | |
| 			   unsigned int code, unsigned char **p,
 | |
| 			   unsigned char *end);
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_add_http_header_by_name() - append named header and value
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi: the connection to check
 | |
|  * \param name: the hdr name, like "my-header"
 | |
|  * \param value: the value after the = for this header
 | |
|  * \param length: the length of the value
 | |
|  * \param p: pointer to current position in buffer pointer
 | |
|  * \param end: pointer to end of buffer
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Appends name: value to the headers
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_add_http_header_by_name(struct lws *wsi, const unsigned char *name,
 | |
| 			    const unsigned char *value, int length,
 | |
| 			    unsigned char **p, unsigned char *end);
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_add_http_header_by_token() - append given header and value
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi: the connection to check
 | |
|  * \param token: the token index for the hdr
 | |
|  * \param value: the value after the = for this header
 | |
|  * \param length: the length of the value
 | |
|  * \param p: pointer to current position in buffer pointer
 | |
|  * \param end: pointer to end of buffer
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Appends name=value to the headers, but is able to take advantage of better
 | |
|  * HTTP/2 coding mechanisms where possible.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_add_http_header_by_token(struct lws *wsi, enum lws_token_indexes token,
 | |
| 			     const unsigned char *value, int length,
 | |
| 			     unsigned char **p, unsigned char *end);
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_add_http_header_content_length() - append content-length helper
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi: the connection to check
 | |
|  * \param content_length: the content length to use
 | |
|  * \param p: pointer to current position in buffer pointer
 | |
|  * \param end: pointer to end of buffer
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Appends content-length: content_length to the headers
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_add_http_header_content_length(struct lws *wsi,
 | |
| 				   lws_filepos_t content_length,
 | |
| 				   unsigned char **p, unsigned char *end);
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_finalize_http_header() - terminate header block
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi: the connection to check
 | |
|  * \param p: pointer to current position in buffer pointer
 | |
|  * \param end: pointer to end of buffer
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Indicates no more headers will be added
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_finalize_http_header(struct lws *wsi, unsigned char **p,
 | |
| 			 unsigned char *end);
 | |
| ///@}
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** \defgroup form-parsing  Form Parsing
 | |
|  * \ingroup http
 | |
|  * ##POSTed form parsing functions
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * These lws_spa (stateful post arguments) apis let you parse and urldecode
 | |
|  * POSTed form arguments, both using simple urlencoded and multipart transfer
 | |
|  * encoding.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * It's capable of handling file uploads as well a named input parsing,
 | |
|  * and the apis are the same for both form upload styles.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * You feed it a list of parameter names and it creates pointers to the
 | |
|  * urldecoded arguments: file upload parameters pass the file data in chunks to
 | |
|  * a user-supplied callback as they come.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Since it's stateful, it handles the incoming data needing more than one
 | |
|  * POST_BODY callback and has no limit on uploaded file size.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| ///@{
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** enum lws_spa_fileupload_states */
 | |
| enum lws_spa_fileupload_states {
 | |
| 	LWS_UFS_CONTENT,
 | |
| 	/**< a chunk of file content has arrived */
 | |
| 	LWS_UFS_FINAL_CONTENT,
 | |
| 	/**< the last chunk (possibly zero length) of file content has arrived */
 | |
| 	LWS_UFS_OPEN
 | |
| 	/**< a new file is starting to arrive */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_spa_fileupload_cb() - callback to receive file upload data
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param data: opt_data pointer set in lws_spa_create
 | |
|  * \param name: name of the form field being uploaded
 | |
|  * \param filename: original filename from client
 | |
|  * \param buf: start of data to receive
 | |
|  * \param len: length of data to receive
 | |
|  * \param state: information about how this call relates to file
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Notice name and filename shouldn't be trusted, as they are passed from
 | |
|  * HTTP provided by the client.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| typedef int (*lws_spa_fileupload_cb)(void *data, const char *name,
 | |
| 			const char *filename, char *buf, int len,
 | |
| 			enum lws_spa_fileupload_states state);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** struct lws_spa - opaque urldecode parser capable of handling multipart
 | |
|  *			and file uploads */
 | |
| struct lws_spa;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_spa_create() - create urldecode parser
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi: lws connection (used to find Content Type)
 | |
|  * \param param_names: array of form parameter names, like "username"
 | |
|  * \param count_params: count of param_names
 | |
|  * \param max_storage: total amount of form parameter values we can store
 | |
|  * \param opt_cb: NULL, or callback to receive file upload data.
 | |
|  * \param opt_data: NULL, or user pointer provided to opt_cb.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Creates a urldecode parser and initializes it.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * opt_cb can be NULL if you just want normal name=value parsing, however
 | |
|  * if one or more entries in your form are bulk data (file transfer), you
 | |
|  * can provide this callback and filter on the name callback parameter to
 | |
|  * treat that urldecoded data separately.  The callback should return -1
 | |
|  * in case of fatal error, and 0 if OK.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws_spa *
 | |
| lws_spa_create(struct lws *wsi, const char * const *param_names,
 | |
| 	       int count_params, int max_storage, lws_spa_fileupload_cb opt_cb,
 | |
| 	       void *opt_data);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_spa_process() - parses a chunk of input data
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param spa: the parser object previously created
 | |
|  * \param in: incoming, urlencoded data
 | |
|  * \param len: count of bytes valid at \param in
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_spa_process(struct lws_spa *spa, const char *in, int len);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_spa_finalize() - indicate incoming data completed
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param spa: the parser object previously created
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_spa_finalize(struct lws_spa *spa);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_spa_get_length() - return length of parameter value
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param spa: the parser object previously created
 | |
|  * \param n: parameter ordinal to return length of value for
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_spa_get_length(struct lws_spa *spa, int n);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_spa_get_string() - return pointer to parameter value
 | |
|  * \param spa: the parser object previously created
 | |
|  * \param n: parameter ordinal to return pointer to value for
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const char *
 | |
| lws_spa_get_string(struct lws_spa *spa, int n);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_spa_destroy() - destroy parser object
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param spa: the parser object previously created
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_spa_destroy(struct lws_spa *spa);
 | |
| ///@}
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*! \defgroup urlendec Urlencode and Urldecode
 | |
|  * \ingroup http
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * ##HTML chunked Substitution
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * APIs for receiving chunks of text, replacing a set of variable names via
 | |
|  * a callback, and then prepending and appending HTML chunked encoding
 | |
|  * headers.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| //@{
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_urlencode() - like strncpy but with urlencoding
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param escaped: output buffer
 | |
|  * \param string: input buffer ('/0' terminated)
 | |
|  * \param len: output buffer max length
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Because urlencoding expands the output string, it's not
 | |
|  * possible to do it in-place, ie, with escaped == string
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const char *
 | |
| lws_urlencode(char *escaped, const char *string, int len);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*
 | |
|  * URLDECODE 1 / 2
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This simple urldecode only operates until the first '\0' and requires the
 | |
|  * data to exist all at once
 | |
|  */
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_urldecode() - like strncpy but with urldecoding
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param string: output buffer
 | |
|  * \param escaped: input buffer ('\0' terminated)
 | |
|  * \param len: output buffer max length
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This is only useful for '\0' terminated strings
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Since urldecoding only shrinks the output string, it is possible to
 | |
|  * do it in-place, ie, string == escaped
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Returns 0 if completed OK or nonzero for urldecode violation (non-hex chars
 | |
|  * where hex required, etc)
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_urldecode(char *string, const char *escaped, int len);
 | |
| ///@}
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_return_http_status() - Return simple http status
 | |
|  * \param wsi:		Websocket instance (available from user callback)
 | |
|  * \param code:		Status index, eg, 404
 | |
|  * \param html_body:		User-readable HTML description < 1KB, or NULL
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	Helper to report HTTP errors back to the client cleanly and
 | |
|  *	consistently
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_return_http_status(struct lws *wsi, unsigned int code,
 | |
| 		       const char *html_body);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_http_redirect() - write http redirect into buffer
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi:	websocket connection
 | |
|  * \param code:	HTTP response code (eg, 301)
 | |
|  * \param loc:	where to redirect to
 | |
|  * \param len:	length of loc
 | |
|  * \param p:	pointer current position in buffer (updated as we write)
 | |
|  * \param end:	pointer to end of buffer
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_http_redirect(struct lws *wsi, int code, const unsigned char *loc, int len,
 | |
| 		  unsigned char **p, unsigned char *end);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_http_transaction_completed() - wait for new http transaction or close
 | |
|  * \param wsi:	websocket connection
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	Returns 1 if the HTTP connection must close now
 | |
|  *	Returns 0 and resets connection to wait for new HTTP header /
 | |
|  *	  transaction if possible
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_http_transaction_completed(struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| ///@}
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*! \defgroup pur Sanitize / purify SQL and JSON helpers
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * ##Sanitize / purify SQL and JSON helpers
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * APIs for escaping untrusted JSON and SQL safely before use
 | |
|  */
 | |
| //@{
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_sql_purify() - like strncpy but with escaping for sql quotes
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param escaped: output buffer
 | |
|  * \param string: input buffer ('/0' terminated)
 | |
|  * \param len: output buffer max length
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Because escaping expands the output string, it's not
 | |
|  * possible to do it in-place, ie, with escaped == string
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const char *
 | |
| lws_sql_purify(char *escaped, const char *string, int len);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_json_purify() - like strncpy but with escaping for json chars
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param escaped: output buffer
 | |
|  * \param string: input buffer ('/0' terminated)
 | |
|  * \param len: output buffer max length
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Because escaping expands the output string, it's not
 | |
|  * possible to do it in-place, ie, with escaped == string
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const char *
 | |
| lws_json_purify(char *escaped, const char *string, int len);
 | |
| ///@}
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*! \defgroup ev libev helpers
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * ##libev helpers
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * APIs specific to libev event loop itegration
 | |
|  */
 | |
| ///@{
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef LWS_WITH_LIBEV
 | |
| typedef void (lws_ev_signal_cb_t)(EV_P_ struct ev_signal *w, int revents);
 | |
| 
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_ev_sigint_cfg(struct lws_context *context, int use_ev_sigint,
 | |
| 		  lws_ev_signal_cb_t *cb);
 | |
| 
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_ev_initloop(struct lws_context *context, struct ev_loop *loop, int tsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lws_ev_sigint_cb(struct ev_loop *loop, struct ev_signal *watcher, int revents);
 | |
| #endif /* LWS_WITH_LIBEV */
 | |
| 
 | |
| ///@}
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*! \defgroup uv libuv helpers
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * ##libuv helpers
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * APIs specific to libuv event loop itegration
 | |
|  */
 | |
| ///@{
 | |
| #ifdef LWS_WITH_LIBUV
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_uv_sigint_cfg(struct lws_context *context, int use_uv_sigint,
 | |
| 		  uv_signal_cb cb);
 | |
| 
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lws_libuv_run(const struct lws_context *context, int tsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lws_libuv_stop(struct lws_context *context);
 | |
| 
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lws_libuv_stop_without_kill(const struct lws_context *context, int tsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_uv_initloop(struct lws_context *context, uv_loop_t *loop, int tsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN uv_loop_t *
 | |
| lws_uv_getloop(struct lws_context *context, int tsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lws_uv_sigint_cb(uv_signal_t *watcher, int signum);
 | |
| 
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lws_close_all_handles_in_loop(uv_loop_t *loop);
 | |
| #endif /* LWS_WITH_LIBUV */
 | |
| ///@}
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*! \defgroup event libevent helpers
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * ##libevent helpers
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * APIs specific to libevent event loop itegration
 | |
|  */
 | |
| ///@{
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef LWS_WITH_LIBEVENT
 | |
| typedef void (lws_event_signal_cb_t) (evutil_socket_t sock_fd, short revents,
 | |
| 		  void *ctx);
 | |
| 
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_event_sigint_cfg(struct lws_context *context, int use_event_sigint,
 | |
| 		  lws_event_signal_cb_t cb);
 | |
| 
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_event_initloop(struct lws_context *context, struct event_base *loop,
 | |
| 		  int tsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lws_event_sigint_cb(evutil_socket_t sock_fd, short revents,
 | |
| 		  void *ctx);
 | |
| #endif /* LWS_WITH_LIBEVENT */
 | |
| 
 | |
| ///@}
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*! \defgroup timeout Connection timeouts
 | |
| 
 | |
|     APIs related to setting connection timeouts
 | |
| */
 | |
| //@{
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*
 | |
|  * NOTE: These public enums are part of the abi.  If you want to add one,
 | |
|  * add it at where specified so existing users are unaffected.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum pending_timeout {
 | |
| 	NO_PENDING_TIMEOUT					=  0,
 | |
| 	PENDING_TIMEOUT_AWAITING_PROXY_RESPONSE			=  1,
 | |
| 	PENDING_TIMEOUT_AWAITING_CONNECT_RESPONSE		=  2,
 | |
| 	PENDING_TIMEOUT_ESTABLISH_WITH_SERVER			=  3,
 | |
| 	PENDING_TIMEOUT_AWAITING_SERVER_RESPONSE		=  4,
 | |
| 	PENDING_TIMEOUT_AWAITING_PING				=  5,
 | |
| 	PENDING_TIMEOUT_CLOSE_ACK				=  6,
 | |
| 	PENDING_TIMEOUT_AWAITING_EXTENSION_CONNECT_RESPONSE	=  7,
 | |
| 	PENDING_TIMEOUT_SENT_CLIENT_HANDSHAKE			=  8,
 | |
| 	PENDING_TIMEOUT_SSL_ACCEPT				=  9,
 | |
| 	PENDING_TIMEOUT_HTTP_CONTENT				= 10,
 | |
| 	PENDING_TIMEOUT_AWAITING_CLIENT_HS_SEND			= 11,
 | |
| 	PENDING_FLUSH_STORED_SEND_BEFORE_CLOSE			= 12,
 | |
| 	PENDING_TIMEOUT_SHUTDOWN_FLUSH				= 13,
 | |
| 	PENDING_TIMEOUT_CGI					= 14,
 | |
| 	PENDING_TIMEOUT_HTTP_KEEPALIVE_IDLE			= 15,
 | |
| 	PENDING_TIMEOUT_WS_PONG_CHECK_SEND_PING			= 16,
 | |
| 	PENDING_TIMEOUT_WS_PONG_CHECK_GET_PONG			= 17,
 | |
| 	PENDING_TIMEOUT_CLIENT_ISSUE_PAYLOAD			= 18,
 | |
| 	PENDING_TIMEOUT_AWAITING_SOCKS_GREETING_REPLY	        = 19,
 | |
| 	PENDING_TIMEOUT_AWAITING_SOCKS_CONNECT_REPLY		= 20,
 | |
| 	PENDING_TIMEOUT_AWAITING_SOCKS_AUTH_REPLY		= 21,
 | |
| 	PENDING_TIMEOUT_KILLED_BY_SSL_INFO			= 22,
 | |
| 	PENDING_TIMEOUT_KILLED_BY_PARENT			= 23,
 | |
| 	PENDING_TIMEOUT_CLOSE_SEND				= 24,
 | |
| 	PENDING_TIMEOUT_HOLDING_AH				= 25,
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/****** add new things just above ---^ ******/
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	PENDING_TIMEOUT_USER_REASON_BASE			= 1000
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define LWS_TO_KILL_ASYNC -1
 | |
| /**< If LWS_TO_KILL_ASYNC is given as the timeout sec in a lws_set_timeout()
 | |
|  * call, then the connection is marked to be killed at the next timeout
 | |
|  * check.  This is how you should force-close the wsi being serviced if
 | |
|  * you are doing it outside the callback (where you should close by nonzero
 | |
|  * return).
 | |
|  */
 | |
| #define LWS_TO_KILL_SYNC -2
 | |
| /**< If LWS_TO_KILL_SYNC is given as the timeout sec in a lws_set_timeout()
 | |
|  * call, then the connection is closed before returning (which may delete
 | |
|  * the wsi).  This should only be used where the wsi being closed is not the
 | |
|  * wsi currently being serviced.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_set_timeout() - marks the wsi as subject to a timeout
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * You will not need this unless you are doing something special
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi:	Websocket connection instance
 | |
|  * \param reason:	timeout reason
 | |
|  * \param secs:	how many seconds.  You may set to LWS_TO_KILL_ASYNC to
 | |
|  *		force the connection to timeout at the next opportunity, or
 | |
|  *		LWS_TO_KILL_SYNC to close it synchronously if you know the
 | |
|  *		wsi is not the one currently being serviced.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lws_set_timeout(struct lws *wsi, enum pending_timeout reason, int secs);
 | |
| ///@}
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*! \defgroup sending-data Sending data
 | |
| 
 | |
|     APIs related to writing data on a connection
 | |
| */
 | |
| //@{
 | |
| #if !defined(LWS_SIZEOFPTR)
 | |
| #define LWS_SIZEOFPTR (sizeof (void *))
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined(__x86_64__)
 | |
| #define _LWS_PAD_SIZE 16	/* Intel recommended for best performance */
 | |
| #else
 | |
| #define _LWS_PAD_SIZE LWS_SIZEOFPTR   /* Size of a pointer on the target arch */
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| #define _LWS_PAD(n) (((n) % _LWS_PAD_SIZE) ? \
 | |
| 		((n) + (_LWS_PAD_SIZE - ((n) % _LWS_PAD_SIZE))) : (n))
 | |
| /* last 2 is for lws-meta */
 | |
| #define LWS_PRE _LWS_PAD(4 + 10 + 2)
 | |
| /* used prior to 1.7 and retained for backward compatibility */
 | |
| #define LWS_SEND_BUFFER_PRE_PADDING LWS_PRE
 | |
| #define LWS_SEND_BUFFER_POST_PADDING 0
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*
 | |
|  * NOTE: These public enums are part of the abi.  If you want to add one,
 | |
|  * add it at where specified so existing users are unaffected.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum lws_write_protocol {
 | |
| 	LWS_WRITE_TEXT						= 0,
 | |
| 	/**< Send a ws TEXT message,the pointer must have LWS_PRE valid
 | |
| 	 * memory behind it.  The receiver expects only valid utf-8 in the
 | |
| 	 * payload */
 | |
| 	LWS_WRITE_BINARY					= 1,
 | |
| 	/**< Send a ws BINARY message, the pointer must have LWS_PRE valid
 | |
| 	 * memory behind it.  Any sequence of bytes is valid */
 | |
| 	LWS_WRITE_CONTINUATION					= 2,
 | |
| 	/**< Continue a previous ws message, the pointer must have LWS_PRE valid
 | |
| 	 * memory behind it */
 | |
| 	LWS_WRITE_HTTP						= 3,
 | |
| 	/**< Send HTTP content */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/* LWS_WRITE_CLOSE is handled by lws_close_reason() */
 | |
| 	LWS_WRITE_PING						= 5,
 | |
| 	LWS_WRITE_PONG						= 6,
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/* Same as write_http but we know this write ends the transaction */
 | |
| 	LWS_WRITE_HTTP_FINAL					= 7,
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/* HTTP2 */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	LWS_WRITE_HTTP_HEADERS					= 8,
 | |
| 	/**< Send http headers (http2 encodes this payload and LWS_WRITE_HTTP
 | |
| 	 * payload differently, http 1.x links also handle this correctly. so
 | |
| 	 * to be compatible with both in the future,header response part should
 | |
| 	 * be sent using this regardless of http version expected)
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 	LWS_WRITE_HTTP_HEADERS_CONTINUATION			= 9,
 | |
| 	/**< Continuation of http/2 headers
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/****** add new things just above ---^ ******/
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/* flags */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	LWS_WRITE_NO_FIN = 0x40,
 | |
| 	/**< This part of the message is not the end of the message */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	LWS_WRITE_H2_STREAM_END = 0x80,
 | |
| 	/**< Flag indicates this packet should go out with STREAM_END if h2
 | |
| 	 * STREAM_END is allowed on DATA or HEADERS.
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	LWS_WRITE_CLIENT_IGNORE_XOR_MASK = 0x80
 | |
| 	/**< client packet payload goes out on wire unmunged
 | |
| 	 * only useful for security tests since normal servers cannot
 | |
| 	 * decode the content if used */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* used with LWS_CALLBACK_CHILD_WRITE_VIA_PARENT */
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct lws_write_passthru {
 | |
| 	struct lws *wsi;
 | |
| 	unsigned char *buf;
 | |
| 	size_t len;
 | |
| 	enum lws_write_protocol wp;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_write() - Apply protocol then write data to client
 | |
|  * \param wsi:	Websocket instance (available from user callback)
 | |
|  * \param buf:	The data to send.  For data being sent on a websocket
 | |
|  *		connection (ie, not default http), this buffer MUST have
 | |
|  *		LWS_PRE bytes valid BEFORE the pointer.
 | |
|  *		This is so the protocol header data can be added in-situ.
 | |
|  * \param len:	Count of the data bytes in the payload starting from buf
 | |
|  * \param protocol:	Use LWS_WRITE_HTTP to reply to an http connection, and one
 | |
|  *		of LWS_WRITE_BINARY or LWS_WRITE_TEXT to send appropriate
 | |
|  *		data on a websockets connection.  Remember to allow the extra
 | |
|  *		bytes before and after buf if LWS_WRITE_BINARY or LWS_WRITE_TEXT
 | |
|  *		are used.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	This function provides the way to issue data back to the client
 | |
|  *	for both http and websocket protocols.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * IMPORTANT NOTICE!
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * When sending with websocket protocol
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * LWS_WRITE_TEXT,
 | |
|  * LWS_WRITE_BINARY,
 | |
|  * LWS_WRITE_CONTINUATION,
 | |
|  * LWS_WRITE_PING,
 | |
|  * LWS_WRITE_PONG
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * the send buffer has to have LWS_PRE bytes valid BEFORE
 | |
|  * the buffer pointer you pass to lws_write().
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This allows us to add protocol info before and after the data, and send as
 | |
|  * one packet on the network without payload copying, for maximum efficiency.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * So for example you need this kind of code to use lws_write with a
 | |
|  * 128-byte payload
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *   char buf[LWS_PRE + 128];
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *   // fill your part of the buffer... for example here it's all zeros
 | |
|  *   memset(&buf[LWS_PRE], 0, 128);
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *   lws_write(wsi, &buf[LWS_PRE], 128, LWS_WRITE_TEXT);
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * When sending HTTP, with
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * LWS_WRITE_HTTP,
 | |
|  * LWS_WRITE_HTTP_HEADERS
 | |
|  * LWS_WRITE_HTTP_FINAL
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * there is no protocol data prepended, and don't need to take care about the
 | |
|  * LWS_PRE bytes valid before the buffer pointer.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * LWS_PRE is at least the frame nonce + 2 header + 8 length
 | |
|  * LWS_SEND_BUFFER_POST_PADDING is deprecated, it's now 0 and can be left off.
 | |
|  * The example apps no longer use it.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Pad LWS_PRE to the CPU word size, so that word references
 | |
|  * to the address immediately after the padding won't cause an unaligned access
 | |
|  * error. Sometimes for performance reasons the recommended padding is even
 | |
|  * larger than sizeof(void *).
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	In the case of sending using websocket protocol, be sure to allocate
 | |
|  *	valid storage before and after buf as explained above.  This scheme
 | |
|  *	allows maximum efficiency of sending data and protocol in a single
 | |
|  *	packet while not burdening the user code with any protocol knowledge.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	Return may be -1 for a fatal error needing connection close, or the
 | |
|  *	number of bytes sent.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Truncated Writes
 | |
|  * ================
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The OS may not accept everything you asked to write on the connection.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Posix defines POLLOUT indication from poll() to show that the connection
 | |
|  * will accept more write data, but it doesn't specifiy how much.  It may just
 | |
|  * accept one byte of whatever you wanted to send.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * LWS will buffer the remainder automatically, and send it out autonomously.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * During that time, WRITABLE callbacks will be suppressed.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This is to handle corner cases where unexpectedly the OS refuses what we
 | |
|  * usually expect it to accept.  You should try to send in chunks that are
 | |
|  * almost always accepted in order to avoid the inefficiency of the buffering.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_write(struct lws *wsi, unsigned char *buf, size_t len,
 | |
| 	  enum lws_write_protocol protocol);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* helper for case where buffer may be const */
 | |
| #define lws_write_http(wsi, buf, len) \
 | |
| 	lws_write(wsi, (unsigned char *)(buf), len, LWS_WRITE_HTTP)
 | |
| ///@}
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** \defgroup callback-when-writeable Callback when writeable
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * ##Callback When Writeable
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * lws can only write data on a connection when it is able to accept more
 | |
|  * data without blocking.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * So a basic requirement is we should only use the lws_write() apis when the
 | |
|  * connection we want to write on says that he can accept more data.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * When lws cannot complete your send at the time, it will buffer the data
 | |
|  * and send it in the background, suppressing any further WRITEABLE callbacks
 | |
|  * on that connection until it completes.  So it is important to write new
 | |
|  * things in a new writeable callback.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * These apis reflect the various ways we can indicate we would like to be
 | |
|  * called back when one or more connections is writeable.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| ///@{
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_callback_on_writable() - Request a callback when this socket
 | |
|  *					 becomes able to be written to without
 | |
|  *					 blocking
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi:	Websocket connection instance to get callback for
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * - Which:  only this wsi
 | |
|  * - When:   when the individual connection becomes writeable
 | |
|  * - What: LWS_CALLBACK_*_WRITEABLE
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_callback_on_writable(struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_callback_on_writable_all_protocol() - Request a callback for all
 | |
|  *			connections using the given protocol when it
 | |
|  *			becomes possible to write to each socket without
 | |
|  *			blocking in turn.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param context:	lws_context
 | |
|  * \param protocol:	Protocol whose connections will get callbacks
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * - Which:  connections using this protocol on ANY VHOST
 | |
|  * - When:   when the individual connection becomes writeable
 | |
|  * - What: LWS_CALLBACK_*_WRITEABLE
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_callback_on_writable_all_protocol(const struct lws_context *context,
 | |
| 				      const struct lws_protocols *protocol);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_callback_on_writable_all_protocol_vhost() - Request a callback for
 | |
|  *			all connections on same vhost using the given protocol
 | |
|  *			when it becomes possible to write to each socket without
 | |
|  *			blocking in turn.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param vhost:	Only consider connections on this lws_vhost
 | |
|  * \param protocol:	Protocol whose connections will get callbacks
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * - Which:  connections using this protocol on GIVEN VHOST ONLY
 | |
|  * - When:   when the individual connection becomes writeable
 | |
|  * - What: LWS_CALLBACK_*_WRITEABLE
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_callback_on_writable_all_protocol_vhost(const struct lws_vhost *vhost,
 | |
| 				      const struct lws_protocols *protocol);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_callback_all_protocol() - Callback all connections using
 | |
|  *				the given protocol with the given reason
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param context:	lws_context
 | |
|  * \param protocol:	Protocol whose connections will get callbacks
 | |
|  * \param reason:	Callback reason index
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * - Which:  connections using this protocol on ALL VHOSTS
 | |
|  * - When:   before returning
 | |
|  * - What:   reason
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This isn't normally what you want... normally any update of connection-
 | |
|  * specific information can wait until a network-related callback like rx,
 | |
|  * writable, or close.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_callback_all_protocol(struct lws_context *context,
 | |
| 			  const struct lws_protocols *protocol, int reason);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_callback_all_protocol_vhost() - Callback all connections using
 | |
|  *			the given protocol with the given reason.  This is
 | |
|  *			deprecated since v2.4: use lws_callback_all_protocol_vhost_args
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param vh:		Vhost whose connections will get callbacks
 | |
|  * \param protocol:	Which protocol to match.  NULL means all.
 | |
|  * \param reason:	Callback reason index
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * - Which:  connections using this protocol on GIVEN VHOST ONLY
 | |
|  * - When:   now
 | |
|  * - What:   reason
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_callback_all_protocol_vhost(struct lws_vhost *vh,
 | |
| 			  const struct lws_protocols *protocol, int reason)
 | |
| LWS_WARN_DEPRECATED;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_callback_all_protocol_vhost_args() - Callback all connections using
 | |
|  *			the given protocol with the given reason and args
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param vh:		Vhost whose connections will get callbacks
 | |
|  * \param protocol:	Which protocol to match.  NULL means all.
 | |
|  * \param reason:	Callback reason index
 | |
|  * \param argp:		Callback "in" parameter
 | |
|  * \param len:		Callback "len" parameter
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * - Which:  connections using this protocol on GIVEN VHOST ONLY
 | |
|  * - When:   now
 | |
|  * - What:   reason
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE int
 | |
| lws_callback_all_protocol_vhost_args(struct lws_vhost *vh,
 | |
| 			  const struct lws_protocols *protocol, int reason,
 | |
| 			  void *argp, size_t len);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_callback_vhost_protocols() - Callback all protocols enabled on a vhost
 | |
|  *					with the given reason
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi:	wsi whose vhost will get callbacks
 | |
|  * \param reason:	Callback reason index
 | |
|  * \param in:		in argument to callback
 | |
|  * \param len:	len argument to callback
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * - Which:  connections using this protocol on same VHOST as wsi ONLY
 | |
|  * - When:   now
 | |
|  * - What:   reason
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_callback_vhost_protocols(struct lws *wsi, int reason, void *in, int len);
 | |
| 
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_callback_http_dummy(struct lws *wsi, enum lws_callback_reasons reason,
 | |
| 		    void *user, void *in, size_t len);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_get_socket_fd() - returns the socket file descriptor
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * You will not need this unless you are doing something special
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi:	Websocket connection instance
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_get_socket_fd(struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_get_peer_write_allowance() - get the amount of data writeable to peer
 | |
|  * 					if known
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi:	Websocket connection instance
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * if the protocol does not have any guidance, returns -1.  Currently only
 | |
|  * http2 connections get send window information from this API.  But your code
 | |
|  * should use it so it can work properly with any protocol.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If nonzero return is the amount of payload data the peer or intermediary has
 | |
|  * reported it has buffer space for.  That has NO relationship with the amount
 | |
|  * of buffer space your OS can accept on this connection for a write action.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This number represents the maximum you could send to the peer or intermediary
 | |
|  * on this connection right now without the protocol complaining.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * lws manages accounting for send window updates and payload writes
 | |
|  * automatically, so this number reflects the situation at the peer or
 | |
|  * intermediary dynamically.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN size_t
 | |
| lws_get_peer_write_allowance(struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| ///@}
 | |
| 
 | |
| enum {
 | |
| 	/*
 | |
| 	 * Flags for enable and disable rxflow with reason bitmap and with
 | |
| 	 * backwards-compatible single bool
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 	LWS_RXFLOW_REASON_USER_BOOL		= (1 << 0),
 | |
| 	LWS_RXFLOW_REASON_HTTP_RXBUFFER		= (1 << 6),
 | |
| 	LWS_RXFLOW_REASON_H2_PPS_PENDING	= (1 << 7),
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	LWS_RXFLOW_REASON_APPLIES		= (1 << 14),
 | |
| 	LWS_RXFLOW_REASON_APPLIES_ENABLE_BIT	= (1 << 13),
 | |
| 	LWS_RXFLOW_REASON_APPLIES_ENABLE	= LWS_RXFLOW_REASON_APPLIES |
 | |
| 						  LWS_RXFLOW_REASON_APPLIES_ENABLE_BIT,
 | |
| 	LWS_RXFLOW_REASON_APPLIES_DISABLE	= LWS_RXFLOW_REASON_APPLIES,
 | |
| 	LWS_RXFLOW_REASON_FLAG_PROCESS_NOW	= (1 << 12),
 | |
| 
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_rx_flow_control() - Enable and disable socket servicing for
 | |
|  *				received packets.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If the output side of a server process becomes choked, this allows flow
 | |
|  * control for the input side.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi:	Websocket connection instance to get callback for
 | |
|  * \param enable:	0 = disable read servicing for this connection, 1 = enable
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If you need more than one additive reason for rxflow control, you can give
 | |
|  * iLWS_RXFLOW_REASON_APPLIES_ENABLE or _DISABLE together with one or more of
 | |
|  * b5..b0 set to idicate which bits to enable or disable.  If any bits are
 | |
|  * enabled, rx on the connection is suppressed.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * LWS_RXFLOW_REASON_FLAG_PROCESS_NOW  flag may also be given to force any change
 | |
|  * in rxflowbstatus to benapplied immediately, this should be used when you are
 | |
|  * changing a wsi flow control state from outside a callback on that wsi.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_rx_flow_control(struct lws *wsi, int enable);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_rx_flow_allow_all_protocol() - Allow all connections with this protocol to receive
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * When the user server code realizes it can accept more input, it can
 | |
|  * call this to have the RX flow restriction removed from all connections using
 | |
|  * the given protocol.
 | |
|  * \param context:	lws_context
 | |
|  * \param protocol:	all connections using this protocol will be allowed to receive
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lws_rx_flow_allow_all_protocol(const struct lws_context *context,
 | |
| 			       const struct lws_protocols *protocol);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_remaining_packet_payload() - Bytes to come before "overall"
 | |
|  *					      rx packet is complete
 | |
|  * \param wsi:		Websocket instance (available from user callback)
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	This function is intended to be called from the callback if the
 | |
|  *  user code is interested in "complete packets" from the client.
 | |
|  *  libwebsockets just passes through payload as it comes and issues a buffer
 | |
|  *  additionally when it hits a built-in limit.  The LWS_CALLBACK_RECEIVE
 | |
|  *  callback handler can use this API to find out if the buffer it has just
 | |
|  *  been given is the last piece of a "complete packet" from the client --
 | |
|  *  when that is the case lws_remaining_packet_payload() will return
 | |
|  *  0.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *  Many protocols won't care becuse their packets are always small.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN size_t
 | |
| lws_remaining_packet_payload(struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** \defgroup sock-adopt Socket adoption helpers
 | |
|  * ##Socket adoption helpers
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * When integrating with an external app with its own event loop, these can
 | |
|  * be used to accept connections from someone else's listening socket.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * When using lws own event loop, these are not needed.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| ///@{
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_adopt_socket() - adopt foreign socket as if listen socket accepted it
 | |
|  * for the default vhost of context.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param context: lws context
 | |
|  * \param accept_fd: fd of already-accepted socket to adopt
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Either returns new wsi bound to accept_fd, or closes accept_fd and
 | |
|  * returns NULL, having cleaned up any new wsi pieces.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * LWS adopts the socket in http serving mode, it's ready to accept an upgrade
 | |
|  * to ws or just serve http.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws *
 | |
| lws_adopt_socket(struct lws_context *context, lws_sockfd_type accept_fd);
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_adopt_socket_vhost() - adopt foreign socket as if listen socket accepted it
 | |
|  * for vhost
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param vh: lws vhost
 | |
|  * \param accept_fd: fd of already-accepted socket to adopt
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Either returns new wsi bound to accept_fd, or closes accept_fd and
 | |
|  * returns NULL, having cleaned up any new wsi pieces.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * LWS adopts the socket in http serving mode, it's ready to accept an upgrade
 | |
|  * to ws or just serve http.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws *
 | |
| lws_adopt_socket_vhost(struct lws_vhost *vh, lws_sockfd_type accept_fd);
 | |
| 
 | |
| typedef enum {
 | |
| 	LWS_ADOPT_RAW_FILE_DESC = 0,	/* convenience constant */
 | |
| 	LWS_ADOPT_HTTP = 1,		/* flag: absent implies RAW */
 | |
| 	LWS_ADOPT_SOCKET = 2,		/* flag: absent implies file descr */
 | |
| 	LWS_ADOPT_ALLOW_SSL = 4,	/* flag: if set requires LWS_ADOPT_SOCKET */
 | |
| 	LWS_ADOPT_WS_PARENTIO = 8,	/* flag: ws mode parent handles IO
 | |
| 					 *   if given must be only flag
 | |
| 					 *   wsi put directly into ws mode
 | |
| 					 */
 | |
| } lws_adoption_type;
 | |
| 
 | |
| typedef union {
 | |
| 	lws_sockfd_type sockfd;
 | |
| 	lws_filefd_type filefd;
 | |
| } lws_sock_file_fd_type;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*
 | |
| * lws_adopt_descriptor_vhost() - adopt foreign socket or file descriptor
 | |
| * if socket descriptor, should already have been accepted from listen socket
 | |
| *
 | |
| * \param vhost: lws vhost
 | |
| * \param type: OR-ed combinations of lws_adoption_type flags
 | |
| * \param fd: union with either .sockfd or .filefd set
 | |
| * \param vh_prot_name: NULL or vh protocol name to bind raw connection to
 | |
| * \param parent: NULL or struct lws to attach new_wsi to as a child
 | |
| *
 | |
| * Either returns new wsi bound to accept_fd, or closes accept_fd and
 | |
| * returns NULL, having cleaned up any new wsi pieces.
 | |
| *
 | |
| * If LWS_ADOPT_SOCKET is set, LWS adopts the socket in http serving mode, it's
 | |
| * ready to accept an upgrade to ws or just serve http.
 | |
| *
 | |
| * parent may be NULL, if given it should be an existing wsi that will become the
 | |
| * parent of the new wsi created by this call.
 | |
| */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws *
 | |
| lws_adopt_descriptor_vhost(struct lws_vhost *vh, lws_adoption_type type,
 | |
| 			   lws_sock_file_fd_type fd, const char *vh_prot_name,
 | |
| 			   struct lws *parent);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_adopt_socket_readbuf() - adopt foreign socket and first rx as if listen socket accepted it
 | |
|  * for the default vhost of context.
 | |
|  * \param context:	lws context
 | |
|  * \param accept_fd:	fd of already-accepted socket to adopt
 | |
|  * \param readbuf:	NULL or pointer to data that must be drained before reading from
 | |
|  *		accept_fd
 | |
|  * \param len:	The length of the data held at \param readbuf
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Either returns new wsi bound to accept_fd, or closes accept_fd and
 | |
|  * returns NULL, having cleaned up any new wsi pieces.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * LWS adopts the socket in http serving mode, it's ready to accept an upgrade
 | |
|  * to ws or just serve http.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If your external code did not already read from the socket, you can use
 | |
|  * lws_adopt_socket() instead.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This api is guaranteed to use the data at \param readbuf first, before reading from
 | |
|  * the socket.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * readbuf is limited to the size of the ah rx buf, currently 2048 bytes.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws *
 | |
| lws_adopt_socket_readbuf(struct lws_context *context, lws_sockfd_type accept_fd,
 | |
|                          const char *readbuf, size_t len);
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_adopt_socket_vhost_readbuf() - adopt foreign socket and first rx as if listen socket
 | |
|  * accepted it for vhost.
 | |
|  * \param vhost:	lws vhost
 | |
|  * \param accept_fd:	fd of already-accepted socket to adopt
 | |
|  * \param readbuf:	NULL or pointer to data that must be drained before reading from
 | |
|  *			accept_fd
 | |
|  * \param len:		The length of the data held at \param readbuf
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Either returns new wsi bound to accept_fd, or closes accept_fd and
 | |
|  * returns NULL, having cleaned up any new wsi pieces.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * LWS adopts the socket in http serving mode, it's ready to accept an upgrade
 | |
|  * to ws or just serve http.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If your external code did not already read from the socket, you can use
 | |
|  * lws_adopt_socket() instead.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This api is guaranteed to use the data at \param readbuf first, before reading from
 | |
|  * the socket.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * readbuf is limited to the size of the ah rx buf, currently 2048 bytes.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws *
 | |
| lws_adopt_socket_vhost_readbuf(struct lws_vhost *vhost, lws_sockfd_type accept_fd,
 | |
|                                const char *readbuf, size_t len);
 | |
| ///@}
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** \defgroup net Network related helper APIs
 | |
|  * ##Network related helper APIs
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * These wrap miscellaneous useful network-related functions
 | |
|  */
 | |
| ///@{
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_canonical_hostname() - returns this host's hostname
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This is typically used by client code to fill in the host parameter
 | |
|  * when making a client connection.  You can only call it after the context
 | |
|  * has been created.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param context:	Websocket context
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const char * LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_canonical_hostname(struct lws_context *context);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_get_peer_addresses() - Get client address information
 | |
|  * \param wsi:	Local struct lws associated with
 | |
|  * \param fd:		Connection socket descriptor
 | |
|  * \param name:	Buffer to take client address name
 | |
|  * \param name_len:	Length of client address name buffer
 | |
|  * \param rip:	Buffer to take client address IP dotted quad
 | |
|  * \param rip_len:	Length of client address IP buffer
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	This function fills in name and rip with the name and IP of
 | |
|  *	the client connected with socket descriptor fd.  Names may be
 | |
|  *	truncated if there is not enough room.  If either cannot be
 | |
|  *	determined, they will be returned as valid zero-length strings.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lws_get_peer_addresses(struct lws *wsi, lws_sockfd_type fd, char *name,
 | |
| 		       int name_len, char *rip, int rip_len);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_get_peer_simple() - Get client address information without RDNS
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi:	Local struct lws associated with
 | |
|  * \param name:	Buffer to take client address name
 | |
|  * \param namelen:	Length of client address name buffer
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This provides a 123.123.123.123 type IP address in name from the
 | |
|  * peer that has connected to wsi
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const char *
 | |
| lws_get_peer_simple(struct lws *wsi, char *name, int namelen);
 | |
| #if !defined(LWS_WITH_ESP8266) && !defined(LWS_WITH_ESP32)
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_interface_to_sa() - Convert interface name or IP to sockaddr struct
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param ipv6:	Allow IPV6 addresses
 | |
|  * \param ifname:	Interface name or IP
 | |
|  * \param addr:	struct sockaddr_in * to be written
 | |
|  * \param addrlen:	Length of addr
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This converts a textual network interface name to a sockaddr usable by
 | |
|  * other network functions
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_interface_to_sa(int ipv6, const char *ifname, struct sockaddr_in *addr,
 | |
| 		    size_t addrlen);
 | |
| ///@}
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** \defgroup misc Miscellaneous APIs
 | |
| * ##Miscellaneous APIs
 | |
| *
 | |
| * Various APIs outside of other categories
 | |
| */
 | |
| ///@{
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_start_foreach_ll(): linkedlist iterator helper start
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param type: type of iteration, eg, struct xyz *
 | |
|  * \param it: iterator var name to create
 | |
|  * \param start: start of list
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This helper creates an iterator and starts a while (it) {
 | |
|  * loop.  The iterator runs through the linked list starting at start and
 | |
|  * ends when it gets a NULL.
 | |
|  * The while loop should be terminated using lws_start_foreach_ll().
 | |
|  */
 | |
| #define lws_start_foreach_ll(type, it, start)\
 | |
| { \
 | |
| 	type it = start; \
 | |
| 	while (it) {
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_end_foreach_ll(): linkedlist iterator helper end
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param it: same iterator var name given when starting
 | |
|  * \param nxt: member name in the iterator pointing to next list element
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This helper is the partner for lws_start_foreach_ll() that ends the
 | |
|  * while loop.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define lws_end_foreach_ll(it, nxt) \
 | |
| 		it = it->nxt; \
 | |
| 	} \
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_start_foreach_llp(): linkedlist pointer iterator helper start
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param type: type of iteration, eg, struct xyz **
 | |
|  * \param it: iterator var name to create
 | |
|  * \param start: start of list
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This helper creates an iterator and starts a while (it) {
 | |
|  * loop.  The iterator runs through the linked list starting at the
 | |
|  * address of start and ends when it gets a NULL.
 | |
|  * The while loop should be terminated using lws_start_foreach_llp().
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This helper variant iterates using a pointer to the previous linked-list
 | |
|  * element.  That allows you to easily delete list members by rewriting the
 | |
|  * previous pointer to the element's next pointer.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| #define lws_start_foreach_llp(type, it, start)\
 | |
| { \
 | |
| 	type it = &(start); \
 | |
| 	while (*(it)) {
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_end_foreach_llp(): linkedlist pointer iterator helper end
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param it: same iterator var name given when starting
 | |
|  * \param nxt: member name in the iterator pointing to next list element
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This helper is the partner for lws_start_foreach_llp() that ends the
 | |
|  * while loop.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define lws_end_foreach_llp(it, nxt) \
 | |
| 		it = &(*(it))->nxt; \
 | |
| 	} \
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_snprintf(): snprintf that truncates the returned length too
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param str: destination buffer
 | |
|  * \param size: bytes left in destination buffer
 | |
|  * \param format: format string
 | |
|  * \param ...: args for format
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This lets you correctly truncate buffers by concatenating lengths, if you
 | |
|  * reach the limit the reported length doesn't exceed the limit.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_snprintf(char *str, size_t size, const char *format, ...) LWS_FORMAT(3);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_get_random(): fill a buffer with platform random data
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param context: the lws context
 | |
|  * \param buf: buffer to fill
 | |
|  * \param len: how much to fill
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This is intended to be called from the LWS_CALLBACK_RECEIVE callback if
 | |
|  * it's interested to see if the frame it's dealing with was sent in binary
 | |
|  * mode.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_get_random(struct lws_context *context, void *buf, int len);
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_daemonize(): make current process run in the background
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param _lock_path: the filepath to write the lock file
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Spawn lws as a background process, taking care of various things
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_daemonize(const char *_lock_path);
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_get_library_version(): return string describing the version of lws
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * On unix, also includes the git describe
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const char * LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_get_library_version(void);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_wsi_user() - get the user data associated with the connection
 | |
|  * \param wsi: lws connection
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Not normally needed since it's passed into the callback
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void *
 | |
| lws_wsi_user(struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_wsi_set_user() - set the user data associated with the client connection
 | |
|  * \param wsi: lws connection
 | |
|  * \param user: user data
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * By default lws allocates this and it's not legal to externally set it
 | |
|  * yourself.  However client connections may have it set externally when the
 | |
|  * connection is created... if so, this api can be used to modify it at
 | |
|  * runtime additionally.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lws_set_wsi_user(struct lws *wsi, void *user);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_parse_uri:	cut up prot:/ads:port/path into pieces
 | |
|  *			Notice it does so by dropping '\0' into input string
 | |
|  *			and the leading / on the path is consequently lost
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param p:			incoming uri string.. will get written to
 | |
|  * \param prot:		result pointer for protocol part (https://)
 | |
|  * \param ads:		result pointer for address part
 | |
|  * \param port:		result pointer for port part
 | |
|  * \param path:		result pointer for path part
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_parse_uri(char *p, const char **prot, const char **ads, int *port,
 | |
| 	      const char **path);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_now_secs(): return seconds since 1970-1-1
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN unsigned long
 | |
| lws_now_secs(void);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_get_context - Allow getting lws_context from a Websocket connection
 | |
|  * instance
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * With this function, users can access context in the callback function.
 | |
|  * Otherwise users may have to declare context as a global variable.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi:	Websocket connection instance
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws_context * LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_get_context(const struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_get_count_threads(): how many service threads the context uses
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param context: the lws context
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * By default this is always 1, if you asked for more than lws can handle it
 | |
|  * will clip the number of threads.  So you can use this to find out how many
 | |
|  * threads are actually in use.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_get_count_threads(struct lws_context *context);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_get_parent() - get parent wsi or NULL
 | |
|  * \param wsi: lws connection
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Specialized wsi like cgi stdin/out/err are associated to a parent wsi,
 | |
|  * this allows you to get their parent.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws * LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_get_parent(const struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_get_child() - get child wsi or NULL
 | |
|  * \param wsi: lws connection
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Allows you to find a related wsi from the parent wsi.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws * LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_get_child(const struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_parent_carries_io() - mark wsi as needing to send messages via parent
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi: child lws connection
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lws_set_parent_carries_io(struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void *
 | |
| lws_get_opaque_parent_data(const struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lws_set_opaque_parent_data(struct lws *wsi, void *data);
 | |
| 
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_get_child_pending_on_writable(const struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lws_clear_child_pending_on_writable(struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_get_close_length(struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN unsigned char *
 | |
| lws_get_close_payload(struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_get_network_wsi() - Returns wsi that has the tcp connection for this wsi
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi: wsi you have
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Returns wsi that has the tcp connection (which may be the incoming wsi)
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * HTTP/1 connections will always return the incoming wsi
 | |
|  * HTTP/2 connections may return a different wsi that has the tcp connection
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN
 | |
| struct lws *lws_get_network_wsi(struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*
 | |
|  * \deprecated DEPRECATED Note: this is not normally needed as a user api.
 | |
|  * It's provided in case it is
 | |
|  * useful when integrating with other app poll loop service code.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_read(struct lws *wsi, unsigned char *buf, lws_filepos_t len);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_set_allocator() - custom allocator support
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param realloc
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Allows you to replace the allocator (and deallocator) used by lws
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lws_set_allocator(void *(*realloc)(void *ptr, size_t size, const char *reason));
 | |
| ///@}
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** \defgroup wsstatus Websocket status APIs
 | |
|  * ##Websocket connection status APIs
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * These provide information about ws connection or message status
 | |
|  */
 | |
| ///@{
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_send_pipe_choked() - tests if socket is writable or not
 | |
|  * \param wsi: lws connection
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Allows you to check if you can write more on the socket
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_send_pipe_choked(struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_is_final_fragment() - tests if last part of ws message
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi: lws connection
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_is_final_fragment(struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_is_first_fragment() - tests if first part of ws message
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi: lws connection
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_is_first_fragment(struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_get_reserved_bits() - access reserved bits of ws frame
 | |
|  * \param wsi: lws connection
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN unsigned char
 | |
| lws_get_reserved_bits(struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_partial_buffered() - find out if lws buffered the last write
 | |
|  * \param wsi:	websocket connection to check
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Returns 1 if you cannot use lws_write because the last
 | |
|  * write on this connection is still buffered, and can't be cleared without
 | |
|  * returning to the service loop and waiting for the connection to be
 | |
|  * writeable again.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If you will try to do >1 lws_write call inside a single
 | |
|  * WRITEABLE callback, you must check this after every write and bail if
 | |
|  * set, ask for a new writeable callback and continue writing from there.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This is never set at the start of a writeable callback, but any write
 | |
|  * may set it.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_partial_buffered(struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_frame_is_binary(): true if the current frame was sent in binary mode
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi: the connection we are inquiring about
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This is intended to be called from the LWS_CALLBACK_RECEIVE callback if
 | |
|  * it's interested to see if the frame it's dealing with was sent in binary
 | |
|  * mode.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_frame_is_binary(struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_is_ssl() - Find out if connection is using SSL
 | |
|  * \param wsi:	websocket connection to check
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *	Returns 0 if the connection is not using SSL, 1 if using SSL and
 | |
|  *	using verified cert, and 2 if using SSL but the cert was not
 | |
|  *	checked (appears for client wsi told to skip check on connection)
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_is_ssl(struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_is_cgi() - find out if this wsi is running a cgi process
 | |
|  * \param wsi: lws connection
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_is_cgi(struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef LWS_OPENSSL_SUPPORT
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_get_ssl() - Return wsi's SSL context structure
 | |
|  * \param wsi:	websocket connection
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Returns pointer to the SSL library's context structure
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN SSL*
 | |
| lws_get_ssl(struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| ///@}
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** \defgroup lws_ring LWS Ringbuffer APIs
 | |
|  * ##lws_ring: generic ringbuffer struct
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Provides an abstract ringbuffer api supporting one head and one or an
 | |
|  * unlimited number of tails.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * All of the members are opaque and manipulated by lws_ring_...() apis.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The lws_ring and its buffer is allocated at runtime on the heap, using
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *  - lws_ring_create()
 | |
|  *  - lws_ring_destroy()
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * It may contain any type, the size of the "element" stored in the ring
 | |
|  * buffer and the number of elements is given at creation time.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * When you create the ringbuffer, you can optionally provide an element
 | |
|  * destroy callback that frees any allocations inside the element.  This is then
 | |
|  * automatically called for elements with no tail behind them, ie, elements
 | |
|  * which don't have any pending consumer are auto-freed.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Whole elements may be inserted into the ringbuffer and removed from it, using
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *  - lws_ring_insert()
 | |
|  *  - lws_ring_consume()
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * You can find out how many whole elements are free or waiting using
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *  - lws_ring_get_count_free_elements()
 | |
|  *  - lws_ring_get_count_waiting_elements()
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * In addition there are special purpose optional byte-centric apis
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *  - lws_ring_next_linear_insert_range()
 | |
|  *  - lws_ring_bump_head()
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *  which let you, eg, read() directly into the ringbuffer without needing
 | |
|  *  an intermediate bounce buffer.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *  The accessors understand that the ring wraps, and optimizes insertion and
 | |
|  *  consumption into one or two memcpy()s depending on if the head or tail
 | |
|  *  wraps.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *  lws_ring only supports a single head, but optionally multiple tails with
 | |
|  *  an API to inform it when the "oldest" tail has moved on.  You can give
 | |
|  *  NULL where-ever an api asks for a tail pointer, and it will use an internal
 | |
|  *  single tail pointer for convenience.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *  The "oldest tail", which is the only tail if you give it NULL instead of
 | |
|  *  some other tail, is used to track which elements in the ringbuffer are
 | |
|  *  still unread by anyone.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *   - lws_ring_update_oldest_tail()
 | |
|  */
 | |
| ///@{
 | |
| struct lws_ring;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_ring_create(): create a new ringbuffer
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param element_len: the size in bytes of one element in the ringbuffer
 | |
|  * \param count: the number of elements the ringbuffer can contain
 | |
|  * \param destroy_element: NULL, or callback to be called for each element
 | |
|  *			   that is removed from the ringbuffer due to the
 | |
|  *			   oldest tail moving beyond it
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Creates the ringbuffer and allocates the storage.  Returns the new
 | |
|  * lws_ring *, or NULL if the allocation failed.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If non-NULL, destroy_element will get called back for every element that is
 | |
|  * retired from the ringbuffer after the oldest tail has gone past it, and for
 | |
|  * any element still left in the ringbuffer when it is destroyed.  It replaces
 | |
|  * all other element destruction code in your user code.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws_ring *
 | |
| lws_ring_create(size_t element_len, size_t count,
 | |
| 		void (*destroy_element)(void *element));
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_ring_destroy():  destroy a previously created ringbuffer
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param ring: the struct lws_ring to destroy
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Destroys the ringbuffer allocation and the struct lws_ring itself.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lws_ring_destroy(struct lws_ring *ring);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_ring_get_count_free_elements():  return how many elements can fit
 | |
|  *				      in the free space
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param ring: the struct lws_ring to report on
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Returns how much room is left in the ringbuffer for whole element insertion.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN size_t
 | |
| lws_ring_get_count_free_elements(struct lws_ring *ring);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_ring_get_count_waiting_elements():  return how many elements can be consumed
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param ring: the struct lws_ring to report on
 | |
|  * \param tail: a pointer to the tail struct to use, or NULL for single tail
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Returns how many elements are waiting to be consumed from the perspective
 | |
|  * of the tail pointer given.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN size_t
 | |
| lws_ring_get_count_waiting_elements(struct lws_ring *ring, uint32_t *tail);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_ring_insert():  attempt to insert up to max_count elements from src
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param ring: the struct lws_ring to report on
 | |
|  * \param src: the array of elements to be inserted
 | |
|  * \param max_count: the number of available elements at src
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Attempts to insert as many of the elements at src as possible, up to the
 | |
|  * maximum max_count.  Returns the number of elements actually inserted.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN size_t
 | |
| lws_ring_insert(struct lws_ring *ring, const void *src, size_t max_count);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_ring_consume():  attempt to copy out and remove up to max_count elements
 | |
|  *		        to src
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param ring: the struct lws_ring to report on
 | |
|  * \param tail: a pointer to the tail struct to use, or NULL for single tail
 | |
|  * \param dest: the array of elements to be inserted. or NULL for no copy
 | |
|  * \param max_count: the number of available elements at src
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Attempts to copy out as many waiting elements as possible into dest, from
 | |
|  * the perspective of the given tail, up to max_count.  If dest is NULL, the
 | |
|  * copying out is not done but the elements are logically consumed as usual.
 | |
|  * NULL dest is useful in combination with lws_ring_get_element(), where you
 | |
|  * can use the element direct from the ringbuffer and then call this with NULL
 | |
|  * dest to logically consume it.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Increments the tail position according to how many elements could be
 | |
|  * consumed.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Returns the number of elements consumed.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN size_t
 | |
| lws_ring_consume(struct lws_ring *ring, uint32_t *tail, void *dest,
 | |
| 		 size_t max_count);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_ring_get_element():  get a pointer to the next waiting element for tail
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param ring: the struct lws_ring to report on
 | |
|  * \param tail: a pointer to the tail struct to use, or NULL for single tail
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Points to the next element that tail would consume, directly in the
 | |
|  * ringbuffer.  This lets you write() or otherwise use the element without
 | |
|  * having to copy it out somewhere first.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * After calling this, you must call lws_ring_consume(ring, &tail, NULL, 1)
 | |
|  * which will logically consume the element you used up and increment your
 | |
|  * tail (tail may also be NULL there if you use a single tail).
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Returns NULL if no waiting element, or a const void * pointing to it.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const void *
 | |
| lws_ring_get_element(struct lws_ring *ring, uint32_t *tail);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_ring_update_oldest_tail():  free up elements older than tail for reuse
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param ring: the struct lws_ring to report on
 | |
|  * \param tail: a pointer to the tail struct to use, or NULL for single tail
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If you are using multiple tails, you must use this API to inform the
 | |
|  * lws_ring when none of the tails still need elements in the fifo any more,
 | |
|  * by updating it when the "oldest" tail has moved on.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lws_ring_update_oldest_tail(struct lws_ring *ring, uint32_t tail);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_ring_get_oldest_tail():  get current oldest available data index
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param ring: the struct lws_ring to report on
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If you are initializing a new ringbuffer consumer, you can set its tail to
 | |
|  * this to start it from the oldest ringbuffer entry still available.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN uint32_t
 | |
| lws_ring_get_oldest_tail(struct lws_ring *ring);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_ring_next_linear_insert_range():  used to write directly into the ring
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param ring: the struct lws_ring to report on
 | |
|  * \param start: pointer to a void * set to the start of the next ringbuffer area
 | |
|  * \param bytes: pointer to a size_t set to the max length you may use from *start
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This provides a low-level, bytewise access directly into the ringbuffer
 | |
|  * allowing direct insertion of data without having to use a bounce buffer.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The api reports the position and length of the next linear range that can
 | |
|  * be written in the ringbuffer, ie, up to the point it would wrap, and sets
 | |
|  * *start and *bytes accordingly.  You can then, eg, directly read() into
 | |
|  * *start for up to *bytes, and use lws_ring_bump_head() to update the lws_ring
 | |
|  * with what you have done.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Returns nonzero if no insertion is currently possible.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_ring_next_linear_insert_range(struct lws_ring *ring, void **start,
 | |
| 				  size_t *bytes);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_ring_bump_head():  used to write directly into the ring
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param ring: the struct lws_ring to operate on
 | |
|  * \param bytes: the number of bytes you inserted at the current head
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lws_ring_bump_head(struct lws_ring *ring, size_t bytes);
 | |
| ///@}
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** \defgroup sha SHA and B64 helpers
 | |
|  * ##SHA and B64 helpers
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * These provide SHA-1 and B64 helper apis
 | |
|  */
 | |
| ///@{
 | |
| #ifdef LWS_SHA1_USE_OPENSSL_NAME
 | |
| #define lws_SHA1 SHA1
 | |
| #else
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_SHA1(): make a SHA-1 digest of a buffer
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param d: incoming buffer
 | |
|  * \param n: length of incoming buffer
 | |
|  * \param md: buffer for message digest (must be >= 20 bytes)
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Reduces any size buffer into a 20-byte SHA-1 hash.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN unsigned char *
 | |
| lws_SHA1(const unsigned char *d, size_t n, unsigned char *md);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_b64_encode_string(): encode a string into base 64
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param in: incoming buffer
 | |
|  * \param in_len: length of incoming buffer
 | |
|  * \param out: result buffer
 | |
|  * \param out_size: length of result buffer
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Encodes a string using b64
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_b64_encode_string(const char *in, int in_len, char *out, int out_size);
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_b64_decode_string(): decode a string from base 64
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param in: incoming buffer
 | |
|  * \param out: result buffer
 | |
|  * \param out_size: length of result buffer
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Decodes a string using b64
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_b64_decode_string(const char *in, char *out, int out_size);
 | |
| ///@}
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*! \defgroup cgi cgi handling
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * ##CGI handling
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * These functions allow low-level control over stdin/out/err of the cgi.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * However for most cases, binding the cgi to http in and out, the default
 | |
|  * lws implementation already does the right thing.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| enum lws_enum_stdinouterr {
 | |
| 	LWS_STDIN = 0,
 | |
| 	LWS_STDOUT = 1,
 | |
| 	LWS_STDERR = 2,
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| enum lws_cgi_hdr_state {
 | |
| 	LCHS_HEADER,
 | |
| 	LCHS_CR1,
 | |
| 	LCHS_LF1,
 | |
| 	LCHS_CR2,
 | |
| 	LCHS_LF2,
 | |
| 	LHCS_RESPONSE,
 | |
| 	LHCS_DUMP_HEADERS,
 | |
| 	LHCS_PAYLOAD,
 | |
| 	LCHS_SINGLE_0A,
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct lws_cgi_args {
 | |
| 	struct lws **stdwsi; /**< get fd with lws_get_socket_fd() */
 | |
| 	enum lws_enum_stdinouterr ch; /**< channel index */
 | |
| 	unsigned char *data; /**< for messages with payload */
 | |
| 	enum lws_cgi_hdr_state hdr_state; /**< track where we are in cgi headers */
 | |
| 	int len; /**< length */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef LWS_WITH_CGI
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_cgi: spawn network-connected cgi process
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi: connection to own the process
 | |
|  * \param exec_array: array of "exec-name" "arg1" ... "argn" NULL
 | |
|  * \param script_uri_path_len: how many chars on the left of the uri are the
 | |
|  *        path to the cgi, or -1 to spawn without URL-related env vars
 | |
|  * \param timeout_secs: seconds script should be allowed to run
 | |
|  * \param mp_cgienv: pvo list with per-vhost cgi options to put in env
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_cgi(struct lws *wsi, const char * const *exec_array,
 | |
| 	int script_uri_path_len, int timeout_secs,
 | |
| 	const struct lws_protocol_vhost_options *mp_cgienv);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_cgi_write_split_stdout_headers: write cgi output accounting for header part
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi: connection to own the process
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_cgi_write_split_stdout_headers(struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_cgi_kill: terminate cgi process associated with wsi
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi: connection to own the process
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_cgi_kill(struct lws *wsi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_cgi_get_stdwsi: get wsi for stdin, stdout, or stderr
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param wsi: parent wsi that has cgi
 | |
|  * \param ch: which of LWS_STDIN, LWS_STDOUT or LWS_STDERR
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws *
 | |
| lws_cgi_get_stdwsi(struct lws *wsi, enum lws_enum_stdinouterr ch);
 | |
| 
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| ///@}
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*! \defgroup fops file operation wrapping
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * ##File operation wrapping
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Use these helper functions if you want to access a file from the perspective
 | |
|  * of a specific wsi, which is usually the case.  If you just want contextless
 | |
|  * file access, use the fops callbacks directly with NULL wsi instead of these
 | |
|  * helpers.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If so, then it calls the platform handler or user overrides where present
 | |
|  * (as defined in info->fops)
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The advantage from all this is user code can be portable for file operations
 | |
|  * without having to deal with differences between platforms.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| //@{
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** struct lws_plat_file_ops - Platform-specific file operations
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * These provide platform-agnostic ways to deal with filesystem access in the
 | |
|  * library and in the user code.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined(LWS_WITH_ESP32)
 | |
| /* sdk preprocessor defs? compiler issue? gets confused with member names */
 | |
| #define LWS_FOP_OPEN		_open
 | |
| #define LWS_FOP_CLOSE		_close
 | |
| #define LWS_FOP_SEEK_CUR	_seek_cur
 | |
| #define LWS_FOP_READ		_read
 | |
| #define LWS_FOP_WRITE		_write
 | |
| #else
 | |
| #define LWS_FOP_OPEN		open
 | |
| #define LWS_FOP_CLOSE		close
 | |
| #define LWS_FOP_SEEK_CUR	seek_cur
 | |
| #define LWS_FOP_READ		read
 | |
| #define LWS_FOP_WRITE		write
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define LWS_FOP_FLAGS_MASK		   ((1 << 23) - 1)
 | |
| #define LWS_FOP_FLAG_COMPR_ACCEPTABLE_GZIP (1 << 24)
 | |
| #define LWS_FOP_FLAG_COMPR_IS_GZIP	   (1 << 25)
 | |
| #define LWS_FOP_FLAG_MOD_TIME_VALID	   (1 << 26)
 | |
| #define LWS_FOP_FLAG_VIRTUAL		   (1 << 27)
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct lws_plat_file_ops;
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct lws_fop_fd {
 | |
| 	lws_filefd_type			fd;
 | |
| 	/**< real file descriptor related to the file... */
 | |
| 	const struct lws_plat_file_ops	*fops;
 | |
| 	/**< fops that apply to this fop_fd */
 | |
| 	void				*filesystem_priv;
 | |
| 	/**< ignored by lws; owned by the fops handlers */
 | |
| 	lws_filepos_t			pos;
 | |
| 	/**< generic "position in file" */
 | |
| 	lws_filepos_t			len;
 | |
| 	/**< generic "length of file" */
 | |
| 	lws_fop_flags_t			flags;
 | |
| 	/**< copy of the returned flags */
 | |
| 	uint32_t			mod_time;
 | |
| 	/**< optional "modification time of file", only valid if .open()
 | |
| 	 * set the LWS_FOP_FLAG_MOD_TIME_VALID flag */
 | |
| };
 | |
| typedef struct lws_fop_fd *lws_fop_fd_t;
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct lws_fops_index {
 | |
| 	const char *sig;	/* NULL or vfs signature, eg, ".zip/" */
 | |
| 	uint8_t len;		/* length of above string */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct lws_plat_file_ops {
 | |
| 	lws_fop_fd_t (*LWS_FOP_OPEN)(const struct lws_plat_file_ops *fops,
 | |
| 				     const char *filename, const char *vpath,
 | |
| 				     lws_fop_flags_t *flags);
 | |
| 	/**< Open file (always binary access if plat supports it)
 | |
| 	 * vpath may be NULL, or if the fops understands it, the point at which
 | |
| 	 * the filename's virtual part starts.
 | |
| 	 * *flags & LWS_FOP_FLAGS_MASK should be set to O_RDONLY or O_RDWR.
 | |
| 	 * If the file may be gzip-compressed,
 | |
| 	 * LWS_FOP_FLAG_COMPR_ACCEPTABLE_GZIP is set.  If it actually is
 | |
| 	 * gzip-compressed, then the open handler should OR
 | |
| 	 * LWS_FOP_FLAG_COMPR_IS_GZIP on to *flags before returning.
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 	int (*LWS_FOP_CLOSE)(lws_fop_fd_t *fop_fd);
 | |
| 	/**< close file AND set the pointer to NULL */
 | |
| 	lws_fileofs_t (*LWS_FOP_SEEK_CUR)(lws_fop_fd_t fop_fd,
 | |
| 					  lws_fileofs_t offset_from_cur_pos);
 | |
| 	/**< seek from current position */
 | |
| 	int (*LWS_FOP_READ)(lws_fop_fd_t fop_fd, lws_filepos_t *amount,
 | |
| 			    uint8_t *buf, lws_filepos_t len);
 | |
| 	/**< Read from file, on exit *amount is set to amount actually read */
 | |
| 	int (*LWS_FOP_WRITE)(lws_fop_fd_t fop_fd, lws_filepos_t *amount,
 | |
| 			     uint8_t *buf, lws_filepos_t len);
 | |
| 	/**< Write to file, on exit *amount is set to amount actually written */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	struct lws_fops_index fi[3];
 | |
| 	/**< vfs path signatures implying use of this fops */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	const struct lws_plat_file_ops *next;
 | |
| 	/**< NULL or next fops in list */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/* Add new things just above here ---^
 | |
| 	 * This is part of the ABI, don't needlessly break compatibility */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_get_fops() - get current file ops
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param context: context
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws_plat_file_ops * LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_get_fops(struct lws_context *context);
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lws_set_fops(struct lws_context *context, const struct lws_plat_file_ops *fops);
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_vfs_tell() - get current file position
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param fop_fd: fop_fd we are asking about
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN lws_filepos_t LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_vfs_tell(lws_fop_fd_t fop_fd);
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_vfs_get_length() - get current file total length in bytes
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param fop_fd: fop_fd we are asking about
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN lws_filepos_t LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_vfs_get_length(lws_fop_fd_t fop_fd);
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_vfs_get_mod_time() - get time file last modified
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param fop_fd: fop_fd we are asking about
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN uint32_t LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_vfs_get_mod_time(lws_fop_fd_t fop_fd);
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_vfs_file_seek_set() - seek relative to start of file
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param fop_fd: fop_fd we are seeking in
 | |
|  * \param offset: offset from start of file
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN lws_fileofs_t
 | |
| lws_vfs_file_seek_set(lws_fop_fd_t fop_fd, lws_fileofs_t offset);
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_vfs_file_seek_end() - seek relative to end of file
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param fop_fd: fop_fd we are seeking in
 | |
|  * \param offset: offset from start of file
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN lws_fileofs_t
 | |
| lws_vfs_file_seek_end(lws_fop_fd_t fop_fd, lws_fileofs_t offset);
 | |
| 
 | |
| extern struct lws_plat_file_ops fops_zip;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_plat_file_open() - open vfs filepath
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param fops: file ops struct that applies to this descriptor
 | |
|  * \param vfs_path: filename to open
 | |
|  * \param flags: pointer to open flags
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The vfs_path is scanned for known fops signatures, and the open directed
 | |
|  * to any matching fops open.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * User code should use this api to perform vfs opens.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * returns semi-opaque handle
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN lws_fop_fd_t LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_vfs_file_open(const struct lws_plat_file_ops *fops, const char *vfs_path,
 | |
| 		  lws_fop_flags_t *flags);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_plat_file_close() - close file
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param fop_fd: file handle to close
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static LWS_INLINE int
 | |
| lws_vfs_file_close(lws_fop_fd_t *fop_fd)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	return (*fop_fd)->fops->LWS_FOP_CLOSE(fop_fd);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_plat_file_seek_cur() - close file
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param fop_fd: file handle
 | |
|  * \param offset: position to seek to
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static LWS_INLINE lws_fileofs_t
 | |
| lws_vfs_file_seek_cur(lws_fop_fd_t fop_fd, lws_fileofs_t offset)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	return fop_fd->fops->LWS_FOP_SEEK_CUR(fop_fd, offset);
 | |
| }
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_plat_file_read() - read from file
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param fop_fd: file handle
 | |
|  * \param amount: how much to read (rewritten by call)
 | |
|  * \param buf: buffer to write to
 | |
|  * \param len: max length
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static LWS_INLINE int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_vfs_file_read(lws_fop_fd_t fop_fd, lws_filepos_t *amount,
 | |
| 		   uint8_t *buf, lws_filepos_t len)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	return fop_fd->fops->LWS_FOP_READ(fop_fd, amount, buf, len);
 | |
| }
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_plat_file_write() - write from file
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param fop_fd: file handle
 | |
|  * \param amount: how much to write (rewritten by call)
 | |
|  * \param buf: buffer to read from
 | |
|  * \param len: max length
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static LWS_INLINE int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
 | |
| lws_vfs_file_write(lws_fop_fd_t fop_fd, lws_filepos_t *amount,
 | |
| 		    uint8_t *buf, lws_filepos_t len)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	return fop_fd->fops->LWS_FOP_WRITE(fop_fd, amount, buf, len);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* these are the platform file operations implementations... they can
 | |
|  * be called directly and used in fops arrays
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN lws_fop_fd_t
 | |
| _lws_plat_file_open(const struct lws_plat_file_ops *fops, const char *filename,
 | |
| 		    const char *vpath, lws_fop_flags_t *flags);
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| _lws_plat_file_close(lws_fop_fd_t *fop_fd);
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN lws_fileofs_t
 | |
| _lws_plat_file_seek_cur(lws_fop_fd_t fop_fd, lws_fileofs_t offset);
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| _lws_plat_file_read(lws_fop_fd_t fop_fd, lws_filepos_t *amount,
 | |
| 		    uint8_t *buf, lws_filepos_t len);
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| _lws_plat_file_write(lws_fop_fd_t fop_fd, lws_filepos_t *amount,
 | |
| 		     uint8_t *buf, lws_filepos_t len);
 | |
| 
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_alloc_vfs_file(struct lws_context *context, const char *filename,
 | |
| 		   uint8_t **buf, lws_filepos_t *amount);
 | |
| //@}
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** \defgroup smtp SMTP related functions
 | |
|  * ##SMTP related functions
 | |
|  * \ingroup lwsapi
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * These apis let you communicate with a local SMTP server to send email from
 | |
|  * lws.  It handles all the SMTP sequencing and protocol actions.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Your system should have postfix, sendmail or another MTA listening on port
 | |
|  * 25 and able to send email using the "mail" commandline app.  Usually distro
 | |
|  * MTAs are configured for this by default.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * It runs via its own libuv events if initialized (which requires giving it
 | |
|  * a libuv loop to attach to).
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * It operates using three callbacks, on_next() queries if there is a new email
 | |
|  * to send, on_get_body() asks for the body of the email, and on_sent() is
 | |
|  * called after the email is successfully sent.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * To use it
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *  - create an lws_email struct
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *  - initialize data, loop, the email_* strings, max_content_size and
 | |
|  *    the callbacks
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *  - call lws_email_init()
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *  When you have at least one email to send, call lws_email_check() to
 | |
|  *  schedule starting to send it.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| //@{
 | |
| #ifdef LWS_WITH_SMTP
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** enum lwsgs_smtp_states - where we are in SMTP protocol sequence */
 | |
| enum lwsgs_smtp_states {
 | |
| 	LGSSMTP_IDLE, /**< awaiting new email */
 | |
| 	LGSSMTP_CONNECTING, /**< opening tcp connection to MTA */
 | |
| 	LGSSMTP_CONNECTED, /**< tcp connection to MTA is connected */
 | |
| 	LGSSMTP_SENT_HELO, /**< sent the HELO */
 | |
| 	LGSSMTP_SENT_FROM, /**< sent FROM */
 | |
| 	LGSSMTP_SENT_TO, /**< sent TO */
 | |
| 	LGSSMTP_SENT_DATA, /**< sent DATA request */
 | |
| 	LGSSMTP_SENT_BODY, /**< sent the email body */
 | |
| 	LGSSMTP_SENT_QUIT, /**< sent the session quit */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /** struct lws_email - abstract context for performing SMTP operations */
 | |
| struct lws_email {
 | |
| 	void *data;
 | |
| 	/**< opaque pointer set by user code and available to the callbacks */
 | |
| 	uv_loop_t *loop;
 | |
| 	/**< the libuv loop we will work on */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	char email_smtp_ip[32]; /**< Fill before init, eg, "127.0.0.1" */
 | |
| 	char email_helo[32];	/**< Fill before init, eg, "myserver.com" */
 | |
| 	char email_from[100];	/**< Fill before init or on_next */
 | |
| 	char email_to[100];	/**< Fill before init or on_next */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	unsigned int max_content_size;
 | |
| 	/**< largest possible email body size */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/* Fill all the callbacks before init */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	int (*on_next)(struct lws_email *email);
 | |
| 	/**< (Fill in before calling lws_email_init)
 | |
| 	 * called when idle, 0 = another email to send, nonzero is idle.
 | |
| 	 * If you return 0, all of the email_* char arrays must be set
 | |
| 	 * to something useful. */
 | |
| 	int (*on_sent)(struct lws_email *email);
 | |
| 	/**< (Fill in before calling lws_email_init)
 | |
| 	 * called when transfer of the email to the SMTP server was
 | |
| 	 * successful, your callback would remove the current email
 | |
| 	 * from its queue */
 | |
| 	int (*on_get_body)(struct lws_email *email, char *buf, int len);
 | |
| 	/**< (Fill in before calling lws_email_init)
 | |
| 	 * called when the body part of the queued email is about to be
 | |
| 	 * sent to the SMTP server. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/* private things */
 | |
| 	uv_timer_t timeout_email; /**< private */
 | |
| 	enum lwsgs_smtp_states estate; /**< private */
 | |
| 	uv_connect_t email_connect_req; /**< private */
 | |
| 	uv_tcp_t email_client; /**< private */
 | |
| 	time_t email_connect_started; /**< private */
 | |
| 	char email_buf[256]; /**< private */
 | |
| 	char *content; /**< private */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_email_init() - Initialize a struct lws_email
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param email: struct lws_email to init
 | |
|  * \param loop: libuv loop to use
 | |
|  * \param max_content: max email content size
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Prepares a struct lws_email for use ending SMTP
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
 | |
| lws_email_init(struct lws_email *email, uv_loop_t *loop, int max_content);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_email_check() - Request check for new email
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param email: struct lws_email context to check
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Schedules a check for new emails in 1s... call this when you have queued an
 | |
|  * email for send.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lws_email_check(struct lws_email *email);
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * lws_email_destroy() - stop using the struct lws_email
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * \param email: the struct lws_email context
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Stop sending email using email and free allocations
 | |
|  */
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lws_email_destroy(struct lws_email *email);
 | |
| 
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| //@}
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*
 | |
|  * Stats are all uint64_t numbers that start at 0.
 | |
|  * Index names here have the convention
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *  _C_ counter
 | |
|  *  _B_ byte count
 | |
|  *  _MS_ millisecond count
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| enum {
 | |
| 	LWSSTATS_C_CONNECTIONS, /**< count incoming connections */
 | |
| 	LWSSTATS_C_API_CLOSE, /**< count calls to close api */
 | |
| 	LWSSTATS_C_API_READ, /**< count calls to read from socket api */
 | |
| 	LWSSTATS_C_API_LWS_WRITE, /**< count calls to lws_write API */
 | |
| 	LWSSTATS_C_API_WRITE, /**< count calls to write API */
 | |
| 	LWSSTATS_C_WRITE_PARTIALS, /**< count of partial writes */
 | |
| 	LWSSTATS_C_WRITEABLE_CB_REQ, /**< count of writable callback requests */
 | |
| 	LWSSTATS_C_WRITEABLE_CB_EFF_REQ, /**< count of effective writable callback requests */
 | |
| 	LWSSTATS_C_WRITEABLE_CB, /**< count of writable callbacks */
 | |
| 	LWSSTATS_C_SSL_CONNECTIONS_FAILED, /**< count of failed SSL connections */
 | |
| 	LWSSTATS_C_SSL_CONNECTIONS_ACCEPTED, /**< count of accepted SSL connections */
 | |
| 	LWSSTATS_C_SSL_CONNECTIONS_ACCEPT_SPIN, /**< count of SSL_accept() attempts */
 | |
| 	LWSSTATS_C_SSL_CONNS_HAD_RX, /**< count of accepted SSL conns that have had some RX */
 | |
| 	LWSSTATS_C_TIMEOUTS, /**< count of timed-out connections */
 | |
| 	LWSSTATS_C_SERVICE_ENTRY, /**< count of entries to lws service loop */
 | |
| 	LWSSTATS_B_READ, /**< aggregate bytes read */
 | |
| 	LWSSTATS_B_WRITE, /**< aggregate bytes written */
 | |
| 	LWSSTATS_B_PARTIALS_ACCEPTED_PARTS, /**< aggreate of size of accepted write data from new partials */
 | |
| 	LWSSTATS_MS_SSL_CONNECTIONS_ACCEPTED_DELAY, /**< aggregate delay in accepting connection */
 | |
| 	LWSSTATS_MS_WRITABLE_DELAY, /**< aggregate delay between asking for writable and getting cb */
 | |
| 	LWSSTATS_MS_WORST_WRITABLE_DELAY, /**< single worst delay between asking for writable and getting cb */
 | |
| 	LWSSTATS_MS_SSL_RX_DELAY, /**< aggregate delay between ssl accept complete and first RX */
 | |
| 	LWSSTATS_C_PEER_LIMIT_AH_DENIED, /**< number of times we would have given an ah but for the peer limit */
 | |
| 	LWSSTATS_C_PEER_LIMIT_WSI_DENIED, /**< number of times we would have given a wsi but for the peer limit */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/* Add new things just above here ---^
 | |
| 	 * This is part of the ABI, don't needlessly break compatibility */
 | |
| 	LWSSTATS_SIZE
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined(LWS_WITH_STATS)
 | |
| 
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN uint64_t
 | |
| lws_stats_get(struct lws_context *context, int index);
 | |
| LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
 | |
| lws_stats_log_dump(struct lws_context *context);
 | |
| #else
 | |
| static LWS_INLINE uint64_t
 | |
| lws_stats_get(struct lws_context *context, int index) { return 0; }
 | |
| static LWS_INLINE void
 | |
| lws_stats_log_dump(struct lws_context *context) { }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef __cplusplus
 | |
| }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #endif
 |